L3HARRIS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. /DE/ (LHX)
SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > SIC Major Group 38 > SIC 3812 Search, Detection, Navigation, Guidance, Aeronautical Sys
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=202058. Latest filing source: 0000202058-26-000015.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net income | 1,606,000,000 | USD | 2026 | 2026-02-12 |
| Assets | 41,195,000,000 | USD | 2026 | 2026-02-12 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-12. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000202058.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2025 | 2026 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net income | 324,000,000 | 553,000,000 | 699,000,000 | 949,000,000 | 1,333,000,000 | 1,846,000,000 | 1,062,000,000 | 1,227,000,000 | 1,502,000,000 | 1,606,000,000 | |
| Operating income | 1,055,000,000 | 1,073,000,000 | 1,122,000,000 | 1,446,000,000 | 2,109,000,000 | 1,127,000,000 | 1,426,000,000 | 1,918,000,000 | 2,110,000,000 | ||
| Diluted EPS | 2.59 | 4.36 | 5.76 | 7.86 | 7.89 | 9.09 | 5.49 | 6.44 | 7.87 | 8.53 | |
| Operating cash flow | 854,000,000 | 924,000,000 | 569,000,000 | 751,000,000 | 1,185,000,000 | 2,687,000,000 | 2,158,000,000 | 2,096,000,000 | 2,559,000,000 | 3,106,000,000 | |
| Capital expenditures | 148,000,000 | 152,000,000 | 119,000,000 | 136,000,000 | 161,000,000 | 342,000,000 | 252,000,000 | 449,000,000 | 408,000,000 | 424,000,000 | |
| Dividends paid | 198,000,000 | 252,000,000 | 262,000,000 | 272,000,000 | 325,000,000 | 817,000,000 | 864,000,000 | 868,000,000 | 886,000,000 | 903,000,000 | |
| Share buybacks | 150,000,000 | 0.00 | 710,000,000 | 272,000,000 | 200,000,000 | 3,675,000,000 | 1,083,000,000 | 518,000,000 | 554,000,000 | 1,154,000,000 | |
| Assets | 12,009,000,000 | 10,112,000,000 | 9,851,000,000 | 10,117,000,000 | 38,336,000,000 | 34,709,000,000 | 33,524,000,000 | 41,687,000,000 | 42,001,000,000 | 41,195,000,000 | |
| Liabilities | 14,900,000,000 | 22,858,000,000 | 22,422,000,000 | 21,560,000,000 | |||||||
| Stockholders' equity | 3,056,000,000 | 2,903,000,000 | 3,278,000,000 | 3,363,000,000 | 22,587,000,000 | 19,213,000,000 | 18,523,000,000 | 18,765,000,000 | 19,514,000,000 | 19,635,000,000 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 487,000,000 | 484,000,000 | 288,000,000 | 530,000,000 | 824,000,000 | 941,000,000 | 880,000,000 | 560,000,000 | 615,000,000 | 1,069,000,000 | |
| Free cash flow | 706,000,000 | 772,000,000 | 450,000,000 | 615,000,000 | 1,024,000,000 | 2,345,000,000 | 1,906,000,000 | 1,647,000,000 | 2,151,000,000 | 2,682,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2025 | 2026 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Return on equity | 10.60% | 19.05% | 21.32% | 28.22% | 5.90% | 9.61% | 5.73% | 6.54% | 7.70% | 8.18% | |
| Return on assets | 2.70% | 5.47% | 7.10% | 9.38% | 3.48% | 5.32% | 3.17% | 2.94% | 3.58% | 3.90% | |
| Liabilities / equity | 0.80 | 1.22 | 1.15 | 1.10 | |||||||
| Current ratio | 1.32 | 1.05 | 1.20 | 1.14 | 1.57 | 1.40 | 1.17 | 1.01 | 1.08 | 1.19 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-04-30. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000202058.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021-Q2 | 2021-07-02 | 2.01 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2021-Q3 | 2021-10-01 | 2.39 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q1 | 2022-04-01 | 2.44 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q2 | 2022-07-01 | 2.42 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q3 | 2022-09-30 | 4,246,000,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q4 | 2022-12-30 | 4,578,000,000 | 416,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2023-Q1 | 2023-03-31 | 4,471,000,000 | 337,000,000 | 1.76 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-06-30 | 4,693,000,000 | 349,000,000 | 1.83 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-09-29 | 4,915,000,000 | 383,000,000 | 2.02 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-12-29 | 5,340,000,000 | 158,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2024-03-29 | 5,211,000,000 | 283,000,000 | 1.48 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-06-28 | 5,299,000,000 | 366,000,000 | 1.92 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-09-27 | 5,292,000,000 | 400,000,000 | 2.10 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2025-01-03 | 5,523,000,000 | 453,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-06-27 | 5,426,000,000 | 458,000,000 | 2.44 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2026-01-02 | 300,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | ||
| 2026-Q1 | 2026-04-03 | 5,744,000,000 | 512,000,000 | 2.72 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0000202058-26-000035.
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes in this Report (the “Notes”). In addition, reference should be made to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Part II. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Fiscal 2025 Form 10-K. The discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements.
OVERVIEW
We are the Trusted Disruptor in the defense industry. With customers’ mission-critical needs always in mind, we deliver end-to-end technology solutions connecting the space, air, land, sea and cyber domains in the interest of national security. We support government customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government, their prime contractors and international allies. Our products, systems and services have defense and civil government applications, as well as commercial applications. The percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 75% for first quarter 2026.
U.S. and International Budget Environment
The U.S. and international budget environments are evolving rapidly within a dynamic geopolitical context, influenced by the Administration and Congress, heightened geopolitical tensions, global security concerns, inflationary pressures, and overall macroeconomic conditions.
On July 4, 2025, the President signed Congress’ reconciliation package which included $155 billion for national defense spending to fund DoW priorities. This includes priorities closely aligned with L3Harris interests and opportunities, such as Golden Dome, munitions, and shipbuilding. The reconciliation package also includes approximately $190 billion for Department of Homeland Security, $12.5 billion for the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) for air traffic control modernization efforts and $10 billion for NASA. The reconciliation package also raises the debt ceiling by $5 trillion and enacts key changes to the federal tax code.
The U.S. Government fiscal year (“GFY”) 2026 Commerce-Justice-Science appropriations bill, which provides funding for NASA and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”), was signed into law on January 23, 2026. The bill provides $6 billion above the Administration’s GFY 2026 budget request for NASA and rejects the proposed termination of the Space Launch System (“SLS”) and Orion following the Artemis III mission and directs the inclusion of an SLS-based option in any competition for future Artemis launch services. The bill also provides $6 billion for NOAA, an increase of more than $1.5 billion above the Administration’s GFY 2026 request.
The final GFY 2026 National Defense Authorization Act (“NDAA”) was signed into law in December 2025. The NDAA provides authorization of appropriations for the DoW, nuclear weapons programs of the Department of Energy, and other defense-related activities. In addition to serving as an authorization of appropriations, the NDAA establishes defense policies and restrictions, and addresses organizational administrative matters related to the DoW.
Congress passed the GFY 2026 Defense Appropriations bill on February 3, 2026, providing $859 billion for DoW programs, an increase of 1% or ~$9 billion over the President’s Budget Request (“PBR”). In addition, Congress provided just over $22 billion for the FAA via the Transportation-Housing and Urban Development bill, more than $1 billion above the GFY 2025 enacted level. This includes $4 billion in resources for facilities and equipment, nearly $1 billion more than the prior year.
On April 3, 2026, the GFY 2027 PBR was introduced and called for a ~$1.5 trillion topline for national defense programs, comprised of $1.1 billion for the DoW base budget and $350 billion in another reconciliation bill. This total request represents a $441 million increase, or 44%, over the GFY 2026 enacted value. Further, the PBR requested $18.8 billion for NASA, a $5.6 billion or 23% decrease from the 2026 enacted level; $4.5 billion for NOAA, a decrease from $6.1 billion in GFY 2026 enacted; and $22.4 billion for FAA, a moderate increase above the $22.1 billion enacted in GFY 2026.
_____________________________________________________________________
23
Internationally, almost all NATO allies have committed to spend 5% of GDP annually over the next decade on defense and security-related expenditures, with 3.5% on core defense articles and another 1.5% on critical infrastructure, cyber and other key areas.
The overall defense spending environment, both in the U.S. and internationally, reflects the continued impacts of global conflicts and geopolitical tensions, and changes to U.S. Government or international spending priorities have and could in the future impact our business.
See our U.S. Government funding risks and the discussion of our international business risks within Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors in our Fiscal 2025 Form 10-K.
Economic Environment
The ongoing uncertainty related to the impacts of inflation, as well as the interest rate environment and ongoing federal deficits could in the future impact U.S. Government spending priorities for our products and services. For a discussion of inflation-related risks, see Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors in our Fiscal 2025 Form 10-K.
We continue to monitor and evaluate the potential impact of current and proposed changes in trade policies and in particular, tariffs. In response to enacted tariffs, we are seeking exemptions, evaluating alternative sources of materials and subcontracted components, as well as engaging in supplier negotiations to help manage cost impacts and are considering price adjustments and other strategies to support profitability. Based on current conditions, we do not expect a material impact on our 2026 results, but will continue to monitor developments and assess potential implications as trade policies evolve.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
First quarter 2026 and 2025 include thirteen and twelve weeks, respectively. Outcomes for specific periods, or year-over-year comparisons of results of operations and segment performance should be considered in this context.
Consolidated Results of Operations
| First Quarter | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | 2026 | 2025 | ||||
| Revenue | $ | 5,744 | $ | 5,132 | ||
| Cost of revenue | (4,342) | (3,782) | ||||
| Gross margin | 1,402 | 1,350 | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (750) | (825) | ||||
| Operating Income | 652 | 525 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net | 73 | 84 | ||||
| Interest expense, net | (136) | (150) | ||||
| Income before income taxes | 589 | 459 | ||||
| Income taxes | (77) | (73) | ||||
| Effective Tax Rate | 13.1 | % | 15.9 | % | ||
| Net income | $ | 512 | $ | 386 | ||
| Diluted EPS | $ | 2.72 | $ | 2.04 |
Revenue
Revenue increased $612 million, or 12% reflecting higher revenues across all segments, primarily from higher volumes, driven by new program ramps, including a milestone related to material procurement in support of classified contracts, and increased international deliveries.
See the “Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Gross Margin
Gross margin increased $52 million, primarily due to higher volumes across all segments and a $39 million favorable change in net EAC adjustments, partially offset by the absence of the CAS disposal group as a result of the March 2025 divestiture.
_____________________________________________________________________
24
G&A Expenses
The following table presents the components of G&A expenses:
| First Quarter | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2026 | 2025 | ||||
| Corporate: | ||||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles | $ | (159) | $ | (177) | ||
| LHX NeXt implementation costs(1) | — | (35) | ||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and transaction-related expenses(2) | (30) | (17) | ||||
| Business divestiture-related losses(3) | (10) | (17) | ||||
| Other non-reportable businesses(4) | — | (30) | ||||
| Other unallocated corporate items(5) | (27) | (27) | ||||
| Segment: | ||||||
| Company-funded R&D costs | (146) | (111) | ||||
| Selling and marketing | (136) | (120) | ||||
| Monetization of certain legacy assets | 50 | 5 | ||||
| Other(6) | (292) | (296) | ||||
| G&A expenses | $ | (750) | $ | (825) |
_______________
(1)Includes costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness. See the “Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures” section in the MD&A in our Fiscal 2025 Form 10-K for more detail on our LHX NeXt initiative and implementation costs.
(2)Includes costs related to pursuing acquisition and divestiture portfolio optimization; non-transaction costs related to divestitures; costs related to the carve-out and planned MSL public offering; salaries of employees in roles dedicated to planned strategic transaction activity; and resolution of a procurement contract matter.
(3)Includes losses associated with the Space Technology disposal group and the CAS disposal group in first quarter 2026 and 2025, respectively. See Note N: Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(4)Includes the CAS disposal group. See Note N: Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(5)Includes a portion of management and administration, legal, environmental, compensation, retiree benefits, the FAS/CAS operating adjustment, eliminations and other.
(6)Includes other segment G&A expenses, primarily payroll and benefits, outside services, facilities and insurance. First quarter 2026 includes a $20 million favorable settlement of a legal matter in CSD.
G&A expenses decreased $75 million, or 9%, primarily due to an increase in gains recognized in connection with the monetization of certain legacy assets, including recognition of a $39 million gain in our MSL segment in 2026, the absence of LHX NeXt implementation costs, as the LHX NeXt implementation phase was completed in fiscal 2025, and the absence of the CAS disposal group expenses. Such impacts were partially offset by an increase in company-funded R&D costs.
Non-service FAS Pension Income and Other, Net
The following table presents the components of non-service FAS pension income and other, net:
| First Quarter | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2026 | 2025 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income(1) | $ | 75 | $ | 90 | ||
| Other, net(2) | (2) | (6) | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net | $ | 73 | $ | 84 |
_______________
(1)Includes the non-service cost components of net periodic benefit income under our defined benefit plans. See Note H: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information.
(2)Primarily includes changes in the market value of our rabbi trust assets, gains and losses on our equity investments in nonconsolidated affiliates and royalty income.
_____________________________________________________________________
25
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net decreased $14 million primarily due to lower total outstanding debt, which reflects reductions in both long-term debt and average outstanding notes under our
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024. A discussion of fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023 can be found in Part II. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2025 (our “Fiscal 2024 Form 10-K”). This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our future results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Report. For additional information, see Part I. Item 1. Business - Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements of this Report.
OVERVIEW
We are the Trusted Disruptor in the defense industry. With customers’ mission-critical needs in mind, we deliver end-to-end technology solutions connecting the space, air, land, sea and cyber domains in the interest of national security. We support customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government, their prime contractors and international allies. Our capabilities have defense
_____________________________________________________________________
20
and civil government applications, as well as commercial applications. As of January 2, 2026, we had approximately 45,000 employees, including approximately 18,000 engineers and scientists.
We structure our operations primarily around the capabilities we provide and we report our financial results in four business segments: CS, SAS, IMS, and AR. Revenue is disaggregated at the segment level into categories that the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) believes best depict the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. These categories do not distinguish between product and service revenue because management evaluates the business on a combined, consolidated revenue and cost of revenue basis. The CODM, as well as segment management, are not provided with and do not review revenue or cost of revenue disaggregated between products and services at the segment or sector level; accordingly, this information is not used in resource allocation decisions. Accordingly, and because we do not believe such disaggregation assists in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations, product and service revenue and the related cost of revenue are not disaggregated herein. See Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes for further information regarding our business segments.
U.S. and International Budget Environment
The percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, whether directly or through prime contractors, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, was 75%, 76% and 76%, in fiscal 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
On March 15, 2025, the President signed into law a full-year CR for GFY 2025, funding the government through September 30, 2025, with $893 billion for defense funding, including $851 billion for the DoW. This was in line with the 1% increase permitted by the caps under the Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023 for GFY 2025. Notably, the CR provided funding at the account level, not the program level, allowing federal agencies more discretion with how they prioritize funding for programs.
On May 2, 2025, the White House released a preliminary GFY 2026 budget that included a flat national defense topline of $893 billion (including $849 billion for DoW) and included an additional $119 billion from reconciliation funding in 2026 for a total of approximately $1 trillion. The administration requested $557 billion for non-defense funding, down from $721 billion in GFY 2025, resulting in material funding declines for some agencies, including a $6 billion cut to NASA.
On July 4, 2025, the President signed Congress’ reconciliation package which included $155 billion for national defense spending to fund DoW priorities, including priorities closely aligned with L3Harris interests and opportunities, such as Golden Dome, munitions, and shipbuilding, $165 billion for Department of Homeland Security priorities, $12.5 billion for the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) for air traffic control modernization efforts and $10 billion for NASA. The administration has stated that it expects departments and agencies will be able to access significant amounts of this additional funding in GFY 2026, specifically noting the expectation that the DoW will access $113 billion in GFY 2026. The reconciliation package also raises the debt ceiling by $5 trillion and enacts key changes to the federal tax code, further discussed under the “U.S. Federal Tax Reform” heading below.
On October 1, 2025, after Congress failed to reach an agreement on a short-term spending deal or full-year appropriation, the federal government experienced its longest shutdown on record, lasting 43 days. It was resolved with a CR lasting until January 30th for agencies that did not yet have full-year appropriations.
The Commerce-Justice-Science appropriations bill, which provides funding for NASA and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”), was signed into law on January 23, 2026. The bill provides $6 billion above the Administration’s GFY 2026 budget request for NASA and rejects the proposed termination of the Space Launch System (“SLS”) and Orion following the Artemis III mission and directs the inclusion of an SLS-based option in any competition for future Artemis launch services. The bill also provides $6 billion for NOAA, an increase of more than $1.5 billion above the Administration’s GFY 2026 request.
The final GFY 2027 National Defense Authorization Act (“NDAA”) was signed into law in December 2025. The NDAA provides authorization of appropriations for the DoW, nuclear weapons programs of the Department of Energy, and other defense-related activities. In addition to serving as an authorization of appropriations, the NDAA establishes defense policies and restrictions, and addresses organizational administrative matters related to the DoW.
Congress passed the Defense Appropriations bill on February 3, 2026, providing $859 billion for DoW programs, an increase of 1% or ~$9 billion over the President’s Budget Request. In addition, Congress provided just over $22 billion for the FAA via the Transportation-Housing and Urban Development bill, more than $1 billion above the GFY 2025 enacted level. This includes $4 billion in resources for facilities and equipment, nearly $1 billion more than the prior year.
_____________________________________________________________________
21
Internationally, almost all NATO allies have committed to spend 5% of GDP annually over the next decade on defense and security-related expenditures, with 3.5% on core defense articles and another 1.5% on critical infrastructure, cyber and other key areas.
The overall defense spending environment, both in the U.S. and internationally, reflects the continued impacts of global conflicts and geopolitical tensions, and changes to U.S. Government or international spending priorities have and could in the future impact our business.
For a discussion of U.S. Government funding risks and international business risks see “Item 1. Business - International Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and Note 15: Legal Proceedings, Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes of this Report.
U.S. Federal Tax Reform
In third quarter 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was enacted, introducing amendments to the U.S. federal income tax code, including permanent reinstatement of immediate expensing for domestic research expenditures, a reduction in the benefit of the R&D credit, restoration of full expensing for qualified machinery, equipment and other short-lived assets, and several modifications to existing international tax provisions. Certain provisions are effective for 2025, the effects of which have been recognized in third quarter 2025 and are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes. Certain other provisions are effective in future fiscal years.
Economic Environment
The ongoing uncertainty related to the impacts of inflation, as well as the interest rate environment and ongoing federal deficits could in the future impact U.S. Government spending priorities for our products and services. For a discussion of inflation-related risks, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report.
We continue to monitor and evaluate the potential impact of current and proposed changes in trade policies and in particular, tariffs. In response to enacted tariffs, we are seeking exemptions, evaluating alternative sources of materials and subcontracted components, as well as engaging in supplier negotiations to help manage cost impacts and are considering price adjustments and other strategies to support profitability. There was no material impact on our 2025 results.
Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures
As a proven alternative to traditional primes and new entrants, our flexible business model allows us to operate as either a prime, merchant supplier, or subcontractor, offering both commercial pricing and traditional government acquisition approaches. Our products are used across many customer platforms and this platform-agnostic approach gives us a unique advantage in rapidly adapting to the changing threat environment while effectively partnering with new entrants and non-traditional contractors. Customer demand for our solutions remains robust, and we ended fiscal 2025 with contractual backlog of $38.7 billion, a 13% increase over the prior year. Also in fiscal 2025, we invested $536 million (2% of total revenue) in company-funded R&D focused on technologies that expand our capabilities across our domains.
In fiscal 2025, we continued to make progress with our LHX NeXt initiative, our targeted program designed to enhance organizational agility and performance by leveraging our scale and relationships across segments, driving operational efficiency and competitiveness for the enterprise. We are investing in enterprise tools and optimized, revamped processes to unlock further opportunities for margin expansion and create additional value for our shareholders. Beginning fiscal 2026, LHX NeXt will be fully integrated within our operations as standard practice, with ongoing cost savings measured as operational improvement, which we refer to as e3 (excellence, everywhere, everyday).
Our strategic priorities continue to be performance, growth and innovation. We plan to continue to invest, consistent with profitable growth opportunities, and sustain our culture of innovation, while delivering on our commitments to investors, our customers and on every contract we are awarded. We intend to accomplish this by:
•Building upon our solid foundation and operational rigor to execute for our customers;
•Focusing on profitable growth while securing strategic positions as a prime or subcontractor; and
•Leveraging innovation as a competitive advantage to develop rapid solutions.
We use the following key financial performance measures to manage our business, which are discussed in detail below in the “Operations Review” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections of this MD&A:
•Revenue;
•Operating income and margin; and
•Net cash provided by operating activities.
_____________________________________________________________________
22
We use these measures, along with other performance measures that are not defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), to assess the success of our business and our ability to create shareholder value. We believe these measures are balanced among long-term and short-term performance, growth and innovation. We also use these and other performance metrics for executive compensation purposes.
OPERATIONS REVIEW
Consolidated Results of Operations
| Fiscal Year | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Revenue | $ | 21,865 | $ | 21,325 | ||
| Cost of revenue | (16,240) | (15,801) | ||||
| Gross margin | 5,625 | 5,524 | ||||
| General and administrative expenses | (3,430) | (3,568) | ||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (85) | (38) | ||||
| Operating income | 2,110 | 1,918 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net(1) | 419 | 354 | ||||
| Interest expense, net | (597) | (675) | ||||
| Income before income taxes | 1,932 | 1,597 | ||||
| Income taxes | (326) | (85) | ||||
| Effective Tax Rate | 16.9 | % | 5.3 | % | ||
| Net income | 1,606 | 1,512 | ||||
| Noncontrolling interests, net of tax | — | (10) | ||||
| Net income attributable to L3Harris | $ | 1,606 | $ | 1,502 | ||
| Diluted EPS(2) | $ | 8.53 | $ | 7.87 |
______________
(1)“FAS” is defined as Financial Accounting Standards.
(2)“EPS” is defined as Earnings Per Share.
Revenue. Revenue increased $540 million, or 3%, for fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024 due to higher revenues across all of our segments excluding the impact of the CAS disposal group divestiture, primarily from higher volumes, including new program ramps, and increased international deliveries.
Gross Margin. Gross margin for fiscal 2025 increased compared to fiscal 2024, largely due to higher volumes, primarily in our AR and CS segments, partially offset by a $204 million decrease reflecting the absence of the CAS disposal group as a result of the March 2025 divestiture. Gross margin as a percentage of revenue remained flat compared to fiscal 2024. For discussion of operating income by segment see “Business Segment Results of Operations” below in this MD&A for further information.
_____________________________________________________________________
23
General and Administrative (“G&A”) Expenses. The following table presents the components of G&A expenses:
| Fiscal Year | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Corporate: | ||||||
| Acquisition-related intangibles | $ | (707) | $ | (779) | ||
| LHX NeXt implementation costs(1) | (167) | (267) | ||||
| Change in fair value of deferred compensation plan liabilities | (57) | (40) | ||||
| Merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses | (57) | (102) | ||||
| Business divestiture-related losses(2) | (82) | (19) | ||||
| Other unallocated corporate items(3) | (146) | (95) | ||||
| Segment: | ||||||
| Company-funded R&D costs | (536) | (515) | ||||
| Selling and marketing | (463) | (445) | ||||
| Monetization of certain legacy end-of-life assets | 184 | 62 | ||||
| Other(4) | (1,399) | (1,368) | ||||
| G&A expenses | $ | (3,430) | $ | (3,568) |
______________
(1)Includes costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness, including third-party consulting, workforce optimization and incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems. See Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes and the “Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures” section for more detail on our LHX NeXt initiative and implementation costs.
(2)See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(3)Includes a portion of management and administration, legal, environmental, compensation, retiree benefits, the FAS/Cost Accounting Standards (“CAS”) operating adjustment (as defined in Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies), eliminations and other.
(4)Includes other segment G&A expenses, primarily payroll and benefits, outside services, facilities and insurance.
G&A expenses decreased $138 million, or 4%, for fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to an increase in gains recognized in connection with the monetization of certain legacy end-of-life assets, lower LHX NeXt implementation costs, including lower third-party consulting expenses of $59 million, lower amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses, partially offset by an increase in business divestiture-related losses.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets. In fiscal 2025, we recognized a $85 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill in connection with execution of the agreement to sell a newly established technology company, consisting of certain product lines of our SPPS sector (“SPPS business”), reported in our AR segment, and our Space Avionics & Communications division (“SA&C business”), reported in our IMS segment (collectively, the “Space Technology disposal group”), as discussed in Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures. In fiscal 2024, we recognized a $14 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill in connection with the divestiture of our antenna and related businesses (“Antenna disposal group”) and a $24 million non-cash charge for impairment of other assets in our CS segment associated with the Tactical Data Links (“TDL”) acquisition.
Non-service FAS Pension Income and Other, Net. The following table presents the components of non-service FAS pension income and other, net:
| Fiscal Year | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income(1) | $ | 356 | $ | 322 | ||
| Change in fair value of deferred compensation plan assets | 44 | 22 | ||||
| Other, net(2) | 19 | 10 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net | $ | 419 | $ | 354 |
_______________
(1)Includes the non-service cost components of net periodic benefit income under our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans (collectively, “defined benefit plans”). See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information.
(2)Primarily includes gains and losses on our equity investments in nonconsolidated affiliates and royalty income.
Interest Expense, Net. Our net interest expense decreased $78 million, or 12%, in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to lower average outstanding notes under our commercial paper program (“CP Program”)
_____________________________________________________________________
24
during 2025. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” discussion below in this MD&A and Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate increased to 16.9% in fiscal 2025 compared with 5.3% in fiscal 2024. The increase in effective tax rate (“ETR”) for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to a state legislative change that required us to establish a valuation allowance on state R&D credit carryforwards, the CAS disposal group divestiture, and the enactment of the OBBBA, representing unfavorable impacts of 3.9%, 2.4% and 1.8%, respectively. Our ETR for both years benefited from favorable impacts of R&D credits, favorable resolution of audit uncertainties, and tax deductions for foreign derived intangible income (“FDII”). See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for further information.
Diluted EPS. Diluted EPS increased 8% in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to higher net income from the combined effects of reasons noted in the sections above.
Business Segment Results of Operations
See “Item 1. Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in each segment.
CS. Our CS segment includes software defined communication products and waveforms for domestic and international customers; broadband communications; integrated vision solutions; and public safety radios, system applications and equipment.
| Fiscal Year | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 5,673 | $ | 5,459 | 4 | % | ||||
| Operating income | 1,432 | 1,324 | 8 | % | ||||||
| Operating margin | 25.2 | % | 24.3 | % | ||||||
| Ending contractual backlog | $ | 6,935 | $ | 7,340 |
CS revenue increased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to higher revenue of $179 million in Tactical Communications associated with increased international deliveries for our software-defined resilient communications equipment, partially offset by lower DoW demand, and higher revenue of $82 million in Broadband Communications from program ramps, including the Next Generation Jammer Electronic Warfare program. Such increases were partially offset by lower revenue of $40 million in PSPC from lower volume on civil communication products.
CS segment operating income increased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to LHX NeXt driven cost savings realized during fiscal 2025 and the absence of a $24 million non-cash charge for impairment of other assets at Broadband Communications that occurred in fiscal 2024 related to the TDL acquisition, partially offset by unfavorable mix associated with a higher proportion of domestic development volume.
IMS. Our IMS segment includes multi-mission ISR systems; passive sensing and targeting; electronic attack platforms; autonomy; power and communications; networks; and the CAS disposal group, which includes aviation products and pilot training operations and was divested on March 28, 2025.
| Fiscal Year | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,630 | $ | 6,618 | — | % | ||||
| Operating income | 812 | 826 | (2 | %) | ||||||
| Operating margin | 12.2 | % | 12.5 | % | ||||||
| Ending contractual backlog | $ | 12,215 | $ | 9,913 |
IMS revenue remained flat in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to lower revenue of $459 million from the CAS disposal group divestiture in first quarter 2025. Excluding the divestiture impact, IMS revenue increased $471 million, primarily due to higher revenues of $359 million in ISR from ramp on multiple classified programs and Airborne Early Warning and Control aircrafts for the Republic of Korea Air Force, $61 million in Maritime from new program ramp and $41 million in Targeting and Sensor Systems.
_____________________________________________________________________
25
IMS operating income decreased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to a $104 million decrease from the CAS disposal group divestiture in first quarter 2025 and unfavorable program performance, including negative estimate at completion (“EAC”) adjustments of $38 million on a classified Maritime program and $25 million from the resolution of a contract matter related to lower utilization on the Canadian Maritime Helicopter Program as it nears completion. Such decreases were largely offset by a $75 million gain recognized in the second quarter of fiscal 2025 in connection with monetization of legacy end-of-life assets, aligned with our transformation and value creation priorities, higher volume, favorable mix impact from higher airborne electro-optical sensors volume and LHX NeXt driven cost savings.
SAS. Our SAS segment includes satellites and space payloads, sensors and full-mission solutions; classified intelligence and cyber; airborne combat systems, and mission networks for air traffic management operations.
| Fiscal Year | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,946 | $ | 6,869 | 1 | % | ||||
| Operating income | 852 | 812 | 5 | % | ||||||
| Operating margin | 12.3 | % | 11.8 | % | ||||||
| Ending contractual backlog | $ | 11,384 | $ | 9,427 |
SAS revenue increased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 due to higher revenue of $375 million in Mission Networks from higher FAA volume, offset by lower revenues of $166 million in Space Systems from lower volume associated with program timing, $129 million in Intel & Cyber from lower classified program volume and $76 million in Airborne Combat Systems from the May 2024 Antenna disposal group divestiture.
SAS operating income increased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to stabilized program performance, an increase in gains of $23 million recognized in connection with the monetization of legacy end-of-life assets aligned with our transformation and value creation priorities and LHX NeXt driven cost savings, partially offset by unfavorable mix.
AR. Our AR segment includes missile solutions with propulsion technologies for strategic defense, missile defense, hypersonic, tactical and fuzing systems; and space propulsion and power systems for national security space and exploration missions.
| Fiscal Year | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 2,845 | $ | 2,580 | 10 | % | ||||
| Operating income | 270 | 307 | (12 | %) | ||||||
| Operating margin | 9.5 | % | 11.9 | % | ||||||
| Ending contractual backlog | $ | 8,171 | $ | 7,564 |
AR revenue increased in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 primarily due to higher revenues of $235 million in Missile Solutions from increased production volume on key missile and munitions programs and new program ramp and $56 million in Space Propulsion & Power Solutions from higher volume on a NASA program.
AR operating income decreased primarily due to a $85 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill in connection with the Space Technology disposal group, partially offset by higher volume and LHX NeXt driven cost savings.
_____________________________________________________________________
26
Unallocated Corporate Items. Unallocated corporate items include income and expenses not included in management’s evaluation of segment operating performance.
| Fiscal Year | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(1) | $ | (769) | $ | (853) | ||
| LHX NeXt implementation costs(2) | (167) | (267) | ||||
| Business divestiture-related (losses) gains and impairment of goodwill(3) | (82) | (33) | ||||
| Change in fair value of deferred compensation plan liabilities | (57) | (40) | ||||
| Merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses | (57) | (102) | ||||
| Other(4) | (124) | (56) | ||||
| Total unallocated corporate items | $ | (1,256) | $ | (1,351) |
______________
(1)Includes amortization of intangible assets acquired in connection with business combinations. Because our acquisitions benefit the entire Company, the amortization was not allocated to any segment.
(2)Includes costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness, including third-party consulting, workforce optimization and incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems. For further information on our LHX NeXt initiative and implementation costs see Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes and the “General and Administrative Expenses” discussion above in this MD&A.
(3)See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(4)Includes a portion of management and administration, legal, environmental, compensation, retiree benefits, the FAS/CAS operating adjustment (as defined in Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies), eliminations and other.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We prioritize cash flow generation through our commitment to operational excellence, efficient balance sheet management and continuous cost reduction efforts. We consistently assess various capital deployment options, considering both our long-term outlook and the evolving market conditions, recognizing the importance of adaptability as market dynamics change over time.
Our primary capital deployment priorities involve a focus on funding the business through capital expenditures, including investing in training, facilities and digital infrastructure, debt repayment and returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.
Capital Resources
As of January 2, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,069 million, of which $356 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, a significant portion of which we believe can be repatriated to the U.S. with minimal tax impact.
CP Program. As of January 2, 2026, we had no outstanding notes under our CP Program. Our CP Program serves as a source of short-term financing under which we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate amount of $3.0 billion, supported by amounts available under our credit facilities, discussed below. From time to time, we use borrowings under the CP Program for general corporate purposes and working capital management, including the funding of acquisitions, debt repayment, dividend payments and repurchases of our common stock. See the “Financing Activities” discussion below in this MD&A for further information about our CP Program.
Credit Facilities. As of January 2, 2026, we had no outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities, had available borrowing capacity of $3.0 billion, net of outstanding borrowings under our CP Program, and were in compliance with all covenants under both of the following:
2025 Five-Year Credit Facility. On February 18, 2025, we established a new $2.5 billion, five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2025 Five-Year Credit Facility”) by entering into a Revolving Credit Agreement (“2025 Five-Year Credit Agreement”). The 2025 Five-Year Credit Agreement replaces the prior $2.0 billion Revolving Credit Agreement, dated July 29, 2022 (“2022 Credit Agreement”).
2025 364-Day Credit Facility. On February 18, 2025, we established a new $500 million 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility (“2025 364-Day Credit Facility”) by entering into a 364-day Credit Agreement (“2025 364-Day Credit Agreement”). The 2025 364-Day Credit Agreement replaces the prior $1.5 billion 364-day credit agreement (“2024 Credit Agreement”), which matured on January 24, 2025.
See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information regarding our credit facilities.
_____________________________________________________________________
27
Cash Flow
The following table provides a summary of our cash flow information:
| Fiscal Year | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | $ | 615 | $ | 560 | ||
| Operating Activities: | ||||||
| Net income | 1,606 | 1,512 | ||||
| Non-cash adjustments | 1,551 | 1,576 | ||||
| Changes in working capital | (7) | 66 | ||||
| Other, net | (44) | (595) | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | 3,106 | 2,559 | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 407 | (263) | ||||
| Net cash used in financing activities | (3,082) | (2,224) | ||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 23 | (17) | ||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 454 | 55 | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | 1,069 | $ | 615 |
Operating Activities. The $547 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 was primarily due to favorable impacts of tax planning strategies and tax reform and less cash used for merger, acquisition and severance related payments and CP program interest as a result of lower average outstanding CP notes in fiscal 2025. Such amounts were partially offset by $73 million more cash used to fund working capital (i.e., receivables, contract assets, inventories, accounts payable and contract liabilities), largely due to timing of billing and collection activity and cash used for settlement of a longstanding legal matter.
Cash flow from operations was positive in all of our business segments in fiscal 2025.
Investing Activities. Our primary investing activities include capital expenditures and cash proceeds from sales of businesses.
The $670 million change in net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2025 compared with net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2024 was primarily due to a $547 million increase in proceeds from the sale of businesses in fiscal 2025 (see “Divestitures” section below), net of cash divested, and the absence of a $100 million contribution to our rabbi trust assets made in fiscal 2024.
Divestitures. During fiscal 2025, we completed the divestiture of our CAS disposal group for net cash proceeds of $820 million. During fiscal 2024, we completed the divestitures of our Antenna disposal group and Aerojet Ordnance Tennessee, Inc. (“AOT disposal group”) for net cash proceeds of $170 million and $103 million, respectively. See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
Financing Activities. Our primary financing activities include issuing and repaying long-term debt and commercial paper, exercising employee stock options, paying dividends and repurchasing common stock.
The $858 million increase in net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2025 compared with fiscal 2024 was primarily due to increases in repayments of long-term debt, net of issuances of $825 million, cash used to repurchase common stock of $600 million and a decrease in net repayments of commercial paper of $569 million in fiscal 2025. Our primary financing activities are further discussed below.
Common stock repurchases. During fiscal 2025, we repurchased 5.1 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program for $1.2 billion. During fiscal 2024, we repurchased 2.5 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program for $554 million.
The level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board and management may deem relevant. The timing, volume and nature of repurchases are also subject to market conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors and are at our discretion and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. Additional information regarding our repurchase program is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
_____________________________________________________________________
28
Long-term debt. During fiscal 2025, we repaid the entire outstanding $600 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.832% notes, due April 27, 2025 with proceeds from the issuance and sale of the $600 million 5.50% notes, due August 15, 2054 (“5.50% 2054 Notes”) issued in fiscal 2024.
During fiscal 2024, we closed the issuance and sale of $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of long-term fixed-rate debt consisting of 5.05% notes, due June 2029, 5.25% notes, due June 2031 and 5.35% notes, due June 2034 and used the proceeds to repay the entire outstanding $2.25 billion, variable rate-term loan facility utilized to finance the fiscal 2023 acquisition of TDL. Additionally, we closed the issuance and sale of the $600 million 5.50% 2054 Notes and repaid the $350 million of our 3.950% notes, due May 28, 2024.
As of January 2, 2026, we had $10.4 billion of outstanding long-term debt, net of current portion of $673 million.
CP Program. During fiscal 2025, our CP Program had a maximum outstanding balance of $1.8 billion and a daily average outstanding balance of $1.2 billion. During fiscal 2024, our CP Program had a maximum outstanding balance of $2.8 billion and daily average outstanding balance of $2.1 billion.
Dividends. During fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024 we paid in $903 million and $886 million dividends, respectively. Information concerning our dividends is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Cash Requirements
Total Fixed-Rate Debt. As of January 2, 2026, we had fixed-rate debt of $10.9 billion, reflecting our total long-term debt, including current portion but excluding finance leases, of which $650 million is due within the next 12 months. In addition, cash interest on fixed-rate debt of $520 million is due within the next 12 months. The majority of our fixed-rate debt has been incurred in connection with merger and acquisition activity. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information regarding our fixed-rate debt.
Purchase Obligations. As of January 2, 2026, we had purchase obligations of approximately $10.2 billion, of which approximately 60% are due within the next 12 months. Our purchase obligations mainly consist of outstanding commitments on open purchase orders made to suppliers, subcontractors and other outsourcing partners under U.S. Government contracts and managed service agreements. Our risk associated with these purchase obligations is generally limited to the termination liability provisions within such contracts. As such, we do not believe there to be a material liquidity risk associated with outstanding purchase obligations.
Operating and finance lease commitments. As of January 2, 2026, we had operating and finance lease commitments of $1.3 billion, of which $193 million is due within the next 12 months. See Note 11: Leases in the Notes for further information regarding our lease commitments.
Defined Benefit Pension Contributions. With respect to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, we intend to contribute annually no less than the required minimum funding thresholds. In fiscal 2025, we made approximately $23 million of contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans. We expect to make approximately $18 million of contributions to these plans in fiscal 2026 and may consider voluntary contributions thereafter.
Future required contributions primarily will depend on the actual annual return on plan assets and the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligation at the end of each year. Depending on these factors, and the resulting funded status of our pension plans, the level of future statutory required minimum contributions could be material. We had net defined benefit plan assets of $1.2 billion as of January 2, 2026 compared with $789 million as of January 3, 2025. The improvement in funded status as of January 2, 2026 is primarily due to more favorable than expected return on plan assets.
We strategically manage our pension obligations by pursuing opportunities, to reduce exposure to pension volatility while maintaining financial flexibility. During fiscal 2025, we executed transactions to purchase nonparticipating single premium group annuity contracts and transfer $1.4 billion of our benefit obligation associated with certain U.S. or Canadian pension plans to insurance providers. The contracts were funded with $1.4 billion of associated plan assets and did not require any additional cash contributions. We expect to continue evaluating opportunities to strategically manage our pension obligations, including the potential for additional pension de-risking transactions in the future, subject to market conditions and plan funding levels. These actions align with our long-term strategy to reduce exposure to pension volatility while maintaining financial flexibility.
See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information regarding our pension plans.
_____________________________________________________________________
29
Commercial Commitments
We have entered into commercial commitments in the normal course of business including surety bonds, standby letter of credit agreements and other arrangements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to the guarantee of future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services to customers or to obtain insurance policies with our insurance carriers. See Note 15: Legal Proceedings, Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes for additional information.
Liquidity Assessment
Given our current cash position, outlook for funds generated from operations, credit ratings, available credit facilities, cash needs and debt structure, we have not experienced to date, and do not expect to experience, any material issues with liquidity for the next 12 months and in the longer term. Although we can give no assurances concerning our future liquidity, particularly in light of our overall level of debt, U.S. Government budget uncertainties and the state of global commerce and general political and global financial uncertainty.
Based on our current business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that our existing cash, funds generated from operations, availability under our senior unsecured credit facilities and our CP Program and access to the public and private debt and equity markets will be sufficient to provide for our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program, and repayments of our debt securities at maturity for the next 12 months and the reasonably foreseeable future thereafter. Our capital expenditures for fiscal 2026 are expected to be approximately $600 million.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Preparation of this Report in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and contractual backlog as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. While the following is not intended to be a comprehensive list of our accounting estimates, we consider the estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on our judgment, with financial reporting results dependent on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Specific risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs. The impact and any associated risks described in the following paragraphs related to these estimates on our business operations are discussed throughout this MD&A where such estimates affect our reported and expected financial results. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates and the related disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of our Board. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
A significant portion of our business is derived from long-term development and production contracts. Revenue and profit related to development and production contracts are generally recognized over time, typically using the percentage of completion (“POC”) cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, whereby we measure our progress towards completion of the performance obligation based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to estimated costs at completion under the contract. Because costs incurred represent work performed, we believe this method best depicts the transfer of control of the asset to the customer. Under the POC cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, a single estimated profit margin is used to recognize profit for each performance obligation over its period of performance.
Recognition of profit on a contract requires estimates of the total cost at completion and transaction price and the measurement of progress towards completion. Due to the long-term nature of many of our contracts, developing the estimated total cost at completion and total transaction price often requires judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include: the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance, the cost and availability of purchased materials and services, labor cost and availability and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and penalties) and other forms of variable consideration as well as our historical experience and our expectation for performance on the contract. These variable amounts generally are awarded upon achievement of certain negotiated performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets and can be based upon customer discretion. We include such estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
At the outset of each contract, we gauge its complexity and perceived risks and establish an estimated total cost at completion in line with these expectations. We follow a standard EAC process in which we review the progress
_____________________________________________________________________
30
and performance on our ongoing contracts. If we successfully retire risks associated with the technical, schedule and cost aspects of a contract, we may lower our estimated total cost at completion commensurate with the retirement of these risks. Conversely, there are many reasons estimated contract costs can increase, including: (i) supply chain disruptions, inflation and labor issues; (ii) design or other development challenges; and (iii) program execution challenges (including from technical or quality issues and other performance concerns). Additionally, as the contract progresses, our estimates of total transaction price may increase or decrease if, for example, we receive incentive or award fees that are higher or lower than expected.
When changes in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the related impact on operating income is recognized on a cumulative basis. Cumulative EAC adjustments represent the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods; revenue and operating margins in future periods are recognized as if the revised estimates had been used since contract inception. Any anticipated losses on these contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident. In fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024, earnings were impacted by recognition of net favorable EAC adjustments of $47 million and $39 million, respectively.
For the impacts of changes in estimates on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see “Business Segment Results of Operations” in this MD&A and Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes.
We recognize revenue from numerous contracts with multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the product or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for which we would sell the product or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundled sale with any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.
A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including foreign military sales contracts. These contracts are subject to the FAR and the prices of our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the products and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also consider our cost structure and profit objectives, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.
Defined Benefit Plans
Certain of our current and former employees participate in defined benefit plans in the U.S., Canada and United Kingdom, which are sponsored by L3Harris. See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for additional information related to our defined benefit plans.
Significant Assumptions
The determination of the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and recognition of net periodic benefit income related to defined benefit plans depend on various assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, termination and other factors.
We develop assumptions using relevant experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each plan. Assumptions are reviewed annually with third-party experts and adjusted as appropriate. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and generally amortized for each plan to the extent required over the estimated future life expectancy or, if applicable, the average remaining service period of the plan’s active participants.
The following table presents the significant assumptions used to determine the PBO:
| January 2, 2026 | January 3, 2025 | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Pension | Other Benefits | Pension | Other Benefits | ||||||||
| Discount rate | 5.29 | % | 5.13 | % | 5.46 | % | 5.38 | % |
_____________________________________________________________________
31
The following table presents the significant assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit income:
| Fiscal Year | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Pension | Other Benefits | Pension | Other Benefits | ||||||||
| Discount rate to determine service cost | 5.30 | % | 5.43 | % | 4.92 | % | 5.00 | % | |||
| Discount rate to determine interest cost | 4.96 | % | 5.08 | % | 4.80 | % | 4.78 | % | |||
| Expected return on plan assets | 7.46 | % | 7.50 | % | 7.45 | % | 7.50 | % |
Discount Rate. The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of expected future benefit payments at the measurement date. An increase in the discount rate decreases the PBO and generally decreases our net periodic benefit income. A decrease in the discount rate increases the PBO and generally increases our net periodic benefit income. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate is determined by considering an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty years, developed by the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop a single discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics.
Sensitivity Analysis. The sensitivity of the PBO to changes in the discount rate varies depending on the magnitude and direction of the change in the discount rate. We estimate that a 25 basis point change in the discount rate of our combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would have the following impact on our PBO as of January 2, 2026 and net periodic benefit income for the next twelve months:
| (In millions) | 25 Basis Point Increase | 25 Basis Point Decrease | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| PBO | $ | (128) | $ | 133 | ||
| Net periodic benefit income | 6 | (7) |
Expected Return on Plan Assets. Substantially all of our plan assets are managed on a commingled basis in a master investment trust. We determine our expected return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, we consider the plan’s actual historical annual return on assets over the past 15, 20 and 25 years and historical broad market returns over long-term timeframes based on our strategic allocation, which is detailed in Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes. Future returns are based on independent estimates of long-term asset class returns. Based on this approach, the weighted average long-term annual rate of return on assets was estimated to be 7.46% for both fiscal 2025 and 2026.
Sensitivity Analysis. We estimate that a 25 basis point change in the expected return on plan assets of our combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would have the following impact on net periodic benefit income for the next twelve months:
| (In millions) | 25 Basis Point Increase | 25 Basis Point Decrease | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net periodic benefit income | $ | (17) | $ | 17 |
Goodwill
We test our goodwill for impairment annually as of the first business day of our fourth fiscal quarter, which was October 6 in fiscal 2025, or under certain circumstances more frequently, such as when events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment or when we reorganize our reporting structure such that the composition of one or more of our reporting units is affected. We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the Company referred to as the reporting unit, which is our business segment level or one level below the business segment. Some of our segments are comprised of multiple reporting units. Allocation of goodwill to multiple reporting units could make it more likely that we will have an impairment charge in the future. An impairment charge to any one of our reporting units could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. To test goodwill for impairment, we may perform both qualitative and quantitative assessments. If we elect to perform a qualitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we evaluate events and circumstances impacting the reporting unit to determine the probability that goodwill is impaired. If we determine it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment.
_____________________________________________________________________
32
Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These factors include: (i) deterioration in the general economy; (ii) deterioration in the environment in which we operate; (iii) increase in materials, labor or other costs; (iv) negative or declining cash flows; (v) changes in management, changes in strategy or significant litigation; (vi) changes in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an expectation of disposing all or a portion of the reporting unit; or (vii) a sustained decrease in share price.
If we perform a quantitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we calculate the fair value of that reporting unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. We estimate fair values of our reporting units based on projected cash flows and review of revenue and/or earnings multiples applied to the latest twelve months’ revenue and earnings of our reporting units. Projected cash flows are based on our best estimate of future revenues, operating costs and balance sheet metrics reflecting our view of the financial and market conditions of the underlying business; and the resulting cash flows are discounted using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk in the forecasted cash flows. The revenues and earnings multiples applied to the revenues and earnings of our reporting units are based on current multiples of revenues and earnings for similar businesses, and based on revenues and earnings multiples paid for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made in the marketplace. We then assess whether any implied control premium, based on a comparison of fair value based purely on our stock price and outstanding shares with fair value determined by using all of the above-described models, is reasonable. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fiscal 2025 Impairment Tests. We completed our annual goodwill impairment assessment for all reporting units as of October 6, 2025 and concluded that no impairment existed for any of the reporting units.
Business realignment. Effective for fiscal 2025, to better align our businesses, we transferred our fuzing and ordnance (“FOS”) business from our IMS segment (within the TSS and DE reporting unit) to our AR segment (also a reporting unit) and adjusted our reporting accordingly. Immediately before and after the realignment, we performed quantitative impairment assessments under our former and new reporting unit structure. These assessments indicated no impairment existed either before or after the realignment.
Space Technology disposal group. For information related to the Space Technology disposal group pending divestiture, including goodwill allocation, impairment testing and resulting impairment see Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes.
See Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in these Notes for further information.
Fiscal 2024 Impairment Tests. We completed our annual goodwill impairment assessment for all reporting units as of September 30, 2024 and concluded that no impairment existed for any of the reporting units.
Business realignment. Effective for fiscal 2024, to better align our businesses, we adjusted our IMS segment by realigning our Electro Optical and Maritime sectors, which are also reporting units, splitting Electro Optical into two sectors, Global Optical Systems and Defense Electronics, and moving one Electro Optical business to the Maritime sector. Global Optical Systems and Defense Electronics represent one reporting unit. Immediately before and after the realignment, we performed a quantitative impairment assessment under our former and new reporting unit structure. These assessments indicated no impairment existed either before or after the realignment.
Antenna disposal group divestiture. For information related to the Antenna disposal group divestiture, including goodwill allocation, impairment testing and resulting impairment see Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes.
At-risk Goodwill. Based on the fiscal 2025 annual impairment testing, all of our reporting units had clearances above 30%. Based on the fiscal 2024 annual impairment testing, all of our reporting units had clearances above 25%.
An impairment of goodwill could result from a number of circumstances, including different assumptions used in determining the fair value of the reporting units; changes to U.S. Government spending priorities or ability to win competitively awarded contracts; an inability to meet our forecast; the rescission of significant contract awards as a result of competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us; or an increase in interest rates without a corresponding increase in future revenue.
Goodwill-Related Fair Value Estimates. Fair value determinations described above under the heading “Goodwill” in this Critical Accounting Estimates section of this MD&A were determined based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices and projected discounted cash flows. The
_____________________________________________________________________
33
process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. Material changes in these estimates could occur and result in additional impairments in future periods.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition and any excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for additional information.
Income Taxes
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. We have not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine our tax valuation allowances during fiscal 2025.
Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 2, 2026 included deferred tax assets of $76 million and deferred tax liabilities of $1,114 million. For all jurisdictions in which we have net deferred tax assets, we expect that our existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future taxable income needed to realize these tax assets. Our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets, which is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $260 million as of January 2, 2026. Although we make reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of our deferred tax assets, if we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions, or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the potential impact of tax planning strategies changes, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.
The evaluation of tax positions taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, involves inherent uncertainty and requires the use of judgment. We evaluate our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances as of the reporting date. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% probability of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority, assuming the taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we do not recognize a tax benefit in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
As of January 2, 2026, we had $754 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $635 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized. See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for additional information.
Impact of Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes for information relating to the impact of recently adopted and issued accounting pronouncements.
_____________________________________________________________________
34
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2025 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000202058-25-000023.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our
financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023. A discussion of fiscal 2023
compared to fiscal 2022 can be found in Part II. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 29, 2023 (our “Fiscal 2023 Form 10-K”). This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in
conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and
accompanying Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the
discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our future results
could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences
include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Report. For additional
information, see Part I. Item 1. Business - Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements of this
Report.
OVERVIEW
We are the Trusted Disruptor in the defense industry. With customers’ mission-critical needs in mind, we deliver
end-to-end technology solutions connecting the space, air, land, sea and cyber domains in the interest of global
security. We support government customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being various
departments and agencies of the U.S. Government, their prime contractors and international allies. Our products and
_____________________________________________________________________
21
services have defense and civil government applications, as well as commercial applications. As of January 3, 2025,
we had approximately 47,000 employees, including approximately 18,000 engineers and scientists.
We structure our operations primarily around the products, systems and services we sell and the markets we
serve, and we report our financial results in four business segments: SAS, IMS, CS and AR. See Note 14: Business
Segments in the Notes for further information regarding our business segments.
U.S. and International Budget Environment
The percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign
military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 76%, 76%
and 74%, in fiscal 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
On March 9, 2024, the President signed the first tranche of GFY 2024 appropriations funding bills into law,
which funded six government agencies, including the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and the Federal Aviation Administration, through the remainder of GFY
2024 which ended on September 30, 2024. A second funding bill, signed into law on March 23, 2024, funded all
remaining agencies, including the DoD, through the remainder of GFY 2024. The bill provided approximately
$844 billion in funding for DoD. This was in line with our expectations for 3% growth for defense over GFY 2023
levels and in line with the first year of the Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023 (“FRA”) caps.
On March 11, 2024, the President’s Budget Request for GFY 2025 was released. The DoD requested
$850 billion, a 1% topline increase consistent with the FRA caps.
On April 24, 2024, the President signed into law a supplemental GFY 2024 appropriations package that included
$67 billion in funding for key DoD programs, bringing the DoD funding for GFY 2024 to $911 billion.
Congress has not yet reached a final agreement on GFY 2025 funding. A short-term CR was enacted on
December 21, 2024 that will fund the U.S. Government until March 14, 2025. While operating under a CR,
government agencies are allocated a portion of GFY 2024 enacted funds, and DoD is prohibited from starting new
programs. If Congress does not enact all 12 GFY 2025 appropriations bills by April 30, 2025, a 1% automatic
sequestration cut will go into effect as mandated by the FRA.
Further complicating the budget outlook is the need to raise the debt ceiling in 2025. Congressional inaction
may lead to a default and potentially create economic instability.
The overall defense spending environment, both in the U.S. and internationally, reflects the continued impacts of
global conflicts and geopolitical tensions, and changes to U.S. Government or international spending priorities have
and could in the future impact our business.
For a discussion of U.S. Government funding risks and international business risks see “Item 1. Business -
International Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Report.
Economic Environment
The macroeconomic environment continues to present challenges, which have impacted our business and may
continue to impact our future results. The ongoing uncertainty relates to the impacts of inflation, interest rates and
ongoing federal deficits, which could raise the cost of borrowing for the federal government impacting U.S.
Government spending priorities and the demand for our products. For a discussion of inflation-related risks, see
“Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report.
Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures
As a proven alternative to traditional primes and new entrants, our flexible business model allows us to operate
as either a prime, merchant supplier, or subcontractor, offering both commercial pricing and traditional government
acquisition approaches. Our products are used across many customer platforms and this platform-agnostic
approach gives us a unique advantage in rapidly adapting to the changing threat environment while effectively
partnering with new entrants and non-traditional contractors. Customer demand for our solutions remains robust,
and we ended fiscal 2024 with backlog of $34.2 billion, a 5% increase over the prior year. Also in fiscal 2024, we
invested $515 million (2% of total revenue) in company-funded R&D focused on technologies that expand our
capabilities across our domains.
In fiscal 2024, we made considerable progress with our LHX NeXt initiative, our targeted three-year program
designed to enhance organizational agility and performance by leveraging our scale and relationships across
segments, driving operational efficiency and competitiveness for the enterprise. With this program we are investing
in enterprise tools and optimized, revamped processes to unlock further opportunities for margin expansion and
create additional value for our shareholders.
_____________________________________________________________________
22
Our strategic priorities continue to be performance, growth and innovation. We plan to continue to invest,
consistent with profitable growth opportunities, and sustain our culture of innovation, while delivering on our
commitments to investors, our customers and on every contract we are awarded. We intend to accomplish this by:
•Building upon our solid foundation and operational rigor to execute for our customers;
•Focusing on profitable growth while securing strategic positions as a prime or subcontractor; and
•Leveraging innovation as a competitive advantage to develop rapid solutions.
We use the following key financial performance measures to manage our business, which are discussed in detail
below in the “Operations Review” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections of this MD&A:
•Revenue;
•Operating income and margin; and
•Net cash provided by operating activities.
We use these measures, along with other performance measures that are not defined by U.S. Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), to assess the success of our business and our ability to create
shareholder value. We believe these measures are balanced among long-term and short-term performance, growth
and innovation. We also use some of these and other performance metrics for executive compensation purposes.
OPERATIONS REVIEW
Consolidated Results of Operations
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| Revenue | |||
| Products | $15,134 | $13,694 | |
| Services | 6,191 | 5,725 | |
| Total revenue | 21,325 | 19,419 | |
| Cost of revenue | |||
| Products | (11,019) | (9,711) | |
| Services | (4,782) | (4,595) | |
| Cost of revenue | (15,801) | (14,306) | |
| Gross margin | 5,524 | 5,113 | |
| General and administrative expenses | (3,568) | (3,313) | |
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (38) | (374) | |
| Operating income | 1,918 | 1,426 | |
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net(1) | 354 | 338 | |
| Interest expense, net | (675) | (543) | |
| Income before income taxes | 1,597 | 1,221 | |
| Income taxes | (85) | (23) | |
| Effective Tax Rate | 5.3% | 1.9% | |
| Net income | 1,512 | 1,198 | |
| Noncontrolling interests, net of income taxes | (10) | 29 | |
| Net income attributable to L3Harris Technologies, Inc. | $1,502 | $1,227 | |
| Diluted EPS(2) | $7.87 | $6.44 |
______________
(1)“FAS” is defined as Financial Accounting Standards.
(2)“EPS” is defined as Earnings Per Share.
_____________________________________________________________________
23
Revenue. As described in more detail in Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures and elsewhere in the Notes,
during fiscal 2024 and 2023, we completed certain business divestitures. There was no significant revenue
attributable to divested businesses.
Products revenue. The following table presents products revenue by segment, net of intersegment:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| SAS | $4,788 | $4,879 | |
| IMS | 4,270 | 4,006 | |
| CS | 4,498 | 4,057 | |
| AR | 1,578 | 752 | |
| Total products revenue | $15,134 | $13,694 |
Products revenue for fiscal 2024 increased $1,440 million, due to the inclusion of a full year of products revenue
from AR, rather than a partial year of revenue in fiscal 2023 (“the AR Partial Year”) following the July 28, 2023
acquisition of Aerojet Rocketdyne Holdings, Inc. (“AJRD”), as well as increased products revenues of $441 million
and $264 million at CS and IMS, respectively, partially offset by decreased products revenue of $91 million at SAS.
Services revenue. The following table presents services revenue by segment, net of intersegment:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| SAS | $2,029 | $1,928 | |
| IMS | 2,501 | 2,537 | |
| CS | 892 | 960 | |
| AR | 769 | 300 | |
| Total services revenue | $6,191 | $5,725 |
Services revenue for fiscal 2024 increased $466 million, from the inclusion of a full year of services revenue
from AR rather than the AR Partial Year, as well as increased services revenue of $101 million at SAS, partially offset
by decreased services revenues of $68 million and $36 million at CS and IMS, respectively.
See the “Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Cost of Revenue.
Cost of products revenue. The following table presents cost of products revenue by segment, net of
intersegment:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| SAS | $(3,763) | $(3,777) | |
| IMS | (3,269) | (3,055) | |
| CS | (2,738) | (2,319) | |
| AR | (1,199) | (558) | |
| Corporate | (50) | (2) | |
| Total cost of products revenue | $(11,019) | $(9,711) |
Cost of products revenue increased $1,308 million primarily from the inclusion of a full year of cost of products
revenue from AR rather than the AR Partial Year and increased cost of products revenue of $419 million and $214
million at CS and IMS, respectively.
_____________________________________________________________________
24
Cost of services revenue. The following table presents cost of services revenue by segment, net of intersegment:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| SAS | $(1,615) | $(1,554) | |
| IMS | (1,897) | (1,944) | |
| CS | (682) | (845) | |
| AR | (603) | (259) | |
| Corporate | 15 | 7 | |
| Total cost of services revenue | $(4,782) | $(4,595) |
Cost of services revenue increased $187 million, primarily from the inclusion of a full year of cost of services
revenue from AR rather than the AR Partial Year and increased cost of services revenue of $61 million at SAS,
partially offset by decreased cost of services revenue of $163 million and $47 million at CS and IMS, respectively.
Gross Margin. Gross margin for fiscal 2024 increased compared to fiscal 2023, largely due to the increases in
revenue noted above and a favorable net change in estimate at completion (“EAC”) adjustments which increased
gross margin by $124 million, partially offset by a higher mix of lower margin revenue, primarily in our CS segment.
Gross margin as a percentage of revenue remained flat compared to fiscal 2023. For discussion of operating income
by segment see “Business Segment Results of Operations” below in this MD&A for further information.
General and Administrative (“G&A”) Expenses. The following table presents the components of G&A expenses:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles | $(779) | $(687) | |
| LHX NeXt implementation costs(1) | (267) | (115) | |
| Merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses | (102) | (174) | |
| Business divestiture-related losses, net(2) | (19) | (51) | |
| Company-funded R&D costs | (515) | (480) | |
| Selling and marketing | (445) | (450) | |
| Other G&A expenses(3) | (1,441) | (1,356) | |
| G&A expenses | $(3,568) | $(3,313) |
______________
(1)Costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness, including third-party
consulting, workforce optimization and incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems.
(2)See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(3)Includes other segment G&A expenses such as payroll and benefits, outside services, facilities, insurance and other expenses, as well as
unallocated corporate expenses, such as a portion of management and administration, legal, environmental, compensation, retiree benefits
and other corporate G&A expenses and eliminations.
G&A expenses increased $255 million for fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to increases in
LHX NeXt implementation costs, including $42 million related to employee severance charges and $110 million for
third-party consulting expenses, incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems and other costs. G&A
expenses also increased from higher amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, partially offset by a decrease in
merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses. Additionally, other G&A expenses increased $85 million
primarily due to increases of $97 million in our AR segment from the AR Partial Year and $86 million in corporate,
primarily from increases related to corporate-led initiatives and a $15 million legal reserve, partially offset by
decreases in other G&A costs of $84 million and $15 million in our SAS and CS segments, respectively, primarily
from LHX NeXt driven cost savings.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets. In fiscal 2024, we recognized a $14 million non-cash charge for
impairment of goodwill in connection with the divestiture of our antenna and related businesses (“Antenna disposal
group”) and a $24 million non-cash charge for impairment of other assets at CS associated with the Tactical Data
Links (“TDL”) acquisition. In fiscal 2023, we recognized a $296 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill
in connection with the pending divestiture of our CAS disposal group and $78 million of other asset impairments
associated with in-process R&D, customer contracts and a facility closure.
_____________________________________________________________________
25
Non-service FAS Pension Income and Other, Net. The following table presents the components of non-service
FAS pension income and other, net:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| Non-service FAS pension income(1) | $322 | $310 | |
| Other, net(2) | 32 | 28 | |
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net | $354 | $338 |
_______________
(1)Includes interest cost, expected return on plan assets, amortization of net actuarial gain, and amortization of prior service (credit) cost
components of net periodic benefit income under our defined benefit plans. See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for more
information on the composition of non-service FAS pension income.
(2)Other, net primarily includes changes in the market value of our rabbi trust assets, gains and losses on our equity investments in
nonconsolidated affiliates and royalty income.
Interest Expense, Net. Our net interest expense increased $132 million in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023
primarily due to a full year of interest on the $3.25 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed-rate debt issued in
July 2023 in connection with the AJRD acquisition, the issuance of $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount of long-
term fixed-rate debt in March 2024 and higher average outstanding notes under our commercial paper program (“CP
Program”) during fiscal 2024, partially offset by repayment of the entire outstanding $2.25 billion, three-year senior
unsecured term loan facility (“Term Loan 2025”) in March 2024. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources”
discussion below in this MD&A and Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information.
Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate increased to 5.3% in fiscal 2024 compared with 1.9% in fiscal 2023. Our
effective tax rate for both years benefited from R&D credits, tax deductions for foreign derived intangible income
(“FDII”) and favorable resolution of specific audit uncertainties. The year-over-year increase in the rate is the result
of favorable impacts of divestitures and internal restructuring in fiscal 2023, partially offset by favorable
adjustments to our valuation allowance position as a result of our ability to utilize certain state tax credits in fiscal
2024. See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for further information.
Diluted EPS. Diluted EPS increased 22% in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to higher net
income from the combined effects of reasons noted in the sections above, notably the absence of a prior year CAS
disposal group goodwill impairment and an increase in fiscal 2024 gross margin, partially offset by increases in G&A
expenses and interest expense, net.
Business Segment Results of Operations
SAS. Our SAS segment includes space payloads, sensors and full-mission solutions; classified intelligence and
cyber; airborne combat systems, and mission networks for air traffic management operations. See “Item 1. Business”
of this Report for a description of the sectors in SAS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||
| Revenue | $6,869 | $6,856 | —% | ||
| Operating income | 812 | 756 | 7% | ||
| Operating margin | 11.8% | 11.0% |
SAS segment revenue remained flat in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 due to higher revenues of $138
million in Intel & Cyber, primarily from program growth and $82 million in Mission Networks from higher volumes,
offset by lower revenues of $217 million in Airborne Combat Systems, from lower revenue of $115 million
associated with the divestiture of the Antenna disposal group and the remaining decrease primarily from lower F-35
related volume as TR-3 development transitions from development to a more gradual production ramp. At
January 3, 2025 and December 29, 2023, SAS segment ending backlog was $9.4 billion and $9.5 billion,
respectively.
SAS segment operating income increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023, primarily due to LHX NeXt
driven cost savings realized during fiscal 2024, higher volume in Mission Networks and $46 million from the
monetization of legacy end of life assets, aligned with our transformation and value creation priorities, in addition to
the impact of a $27 million non-cash charge for impairment of other assets which occurred during fiscal 2023. Such
increase was partially offset by unfavorable EAC adjustments from program execution on classified fixed-price
development programs in Space Systems that are in the later stages of completion.
_____________________________________________________________________
26
IMS. Our IMS segment includes ISR; passive sensing and targeting; electronic attack; autonomy; power and
communications; networks; sensors; aviation products; and pilot training operations. See “Item 1. Business” of this
Report for a description of the sectors in IMS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||
| Revenue | $6,842 | $6,630 | 3% | ||
| Operating income | 838 | 459 | 83% | ||
| Operating margin | 12.2% | 6.9% |
IMS segment revenue increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to higher revenues of
$73 million in Defense Electronics from higher demand for advanced electronics, $56 million in ISR from higher
aircraft missionization volume, $49 million in Commercial Aviation Solutions from higher volume, $31 million in
Global Optical Systems from higher commercial revenue for airborne electro-optical sensors and $27 million in
Maritime from volume on classified programs. At January 3, 2025 and December 29, 2023, IMS segment ending
backlog was $10.5 billion and $9.7 billion, respectively.
IMS segment operating income increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to a
$296 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill associated with the CAS disposal group in fiscal 2023, in
addition to improved program performance of $69 million, higher overall revenue volumes and LHX NeXt driven cost
savings realized in fiscal 2024.
CS. Our CS segment includes tactical communications with global communications solutions; broadband
communications; integrated vision solutions; and public safety radios, system applications and equipment. See
“Item 1. Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in CS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||
| Revenue | $5,459 | $5,070 | 8% | ||
| Operating income | 1,324 | 1,229 | 8% | ||
| Operating margin | 24.3% | 24.2% |
CS segment revenue increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to higher revenues of
$208 million in Tactical Communications and $95 million in Integrated Vision Solutions associated with increased
domestic and international demand for our resilient communication equipment, related waveforms, and night vision
devices and $86 million in Broadband Communications from higher volumes. At January 3, 2025 and December 29,
2023, CS segment ending backlog was $7.3 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively.
CS segment operating income increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to LHX NeXt
driven cost savings realized during fiscal 2024, partially offset by a higher mix of domestic radios related to
competitive IDIQ contracts and a $24 million non-cash charge for impairment of other assets at Broadband
Communications related to the TDL acquisition.
AR. Our AR segment includes missile solutions with propulsion technologies for strategic defense, missile
defense, and hypersonic and tactical systems; and space propulsion and power systems for national security space
and exploration missions. See “Item 1. Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in AR.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||
| Revenue | $2,347 | $1,052 | 123% | ||
| Operating income | 294 | 122 | 141% | ||
| Operating margin | 12.5% | 11.6% |
AR segment revenue and operating income increased in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023 primarily due to
the AR Partial Year. At January 3, 2025, AR segment ending backlog was $7.0 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively.
_____________________________________________________________________
27
Unallocated Corporate Expenses. Unallocated corporate expenses include the portion of corporate costs not
included in management’s evaluation of segment operating performance.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| Unallocated corporate department expense(1) | (123) | (62) | |
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(2) | (853) | (779) | |
| Additional cost of revenue related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold | — | (30) | |
| Merger, acquisition, and divestiture-related expenses | (102) | (174) | |
| Business divestiture-related losses, net(3) | (19) | (51) | |
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets(4) | (14) | (39) | |
| LHX NeXt implementation costs(5) | (267) | (115) | |
| FAS/CAS operating adjustment(6) | 28 | 110 | |
| Total unallocated corporate expense | $(1,350) | $(1,140) |
_______________
(1)The increase in unallocated corporate department expense is primarily from increases related to corporate-led initiatives and a $15 million
legal reserve.
(2)Includes amortization of intangible assets acquired in connection with business combinations. Because our acquisitions benefit the entire
Company, the amortization was not allocated to any segment.
(3)See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
(4)For fiscal 2024, includes a non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill related to our Antenna disposal group divestiture. For fiscal 2023,
includes a $21 million non-cash charge for impairment of in-process R&D associated with a facility closure and an $18 million non-cash
charge for impairment of a customer contract. See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures and Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the
Notes for further information.
(5)Includes costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness, including
third-party consulting, workforce optimization and incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems. For further information on
our LHX NeXt initiative and implementation costs see Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes and the “General and Administrative
Expenses” discussion above in this MD&A.
(6)Represents the difference between U.S. Government Cost Accounting Standards (“CAS”) pension cost and the service cost component of net
periodic benefit income under our defined benefit plans. See Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes for additional information
regarding the FAS/CAS operating adjustment.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We prioritize cash flow generation through our commitment to operational excellence, efficient balance sheet
management and continuous cost reduction efforts. We consistently assess various capital deployment options,
considering both our long-term outlook and the evolving market conditions, recognizing the importance of
adaptability as market dynamics change over time.
Our primary capital deployment priorities involve a focus on funding the business, including investing in training,
facilities and digital infrastructure, debt repayment to be achieved through the prioritization of capital allocation and
returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.
Capital Resources
As of January 3, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $615 million, of which $300 million was held by our
foreign subsidiaries, a significant portion of which we believe can be repatriated to the U.S. with minimal tax cost.
Additionally, we have two credit facilities and a CP Program, supported by amounts available under the credit
facilities.
Credit Facilities. At January 3, 2025, we had no outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities, had available
borrowing capacity of $2,985 million, net of outstanding borrowings under our CP Program, and were in compliance
with all covenants under both of the following:
2024 Credit Facility. On January 26, 2024, we established a new $1.5 billion, 364-day senior unsecured
revolving credit facility (“2024 Credit Facility”) by entering into a 364-day credit agreement with a syndicate of
lenders which matured on January 24, 2025 (“2024 Credit Agreement”). The 2024 Credit Agreement replaced the
prior $2.4 billion 364-Day Credit Agreement (“2023 Credit Agreement”).
2022 Credit Facility. On July 29, 2022, we established a $2.0 billion, 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit
facility (the “2022 Credit Facility”) under a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2022 Credit Agreement”) entered into
with a syndicate of lenders.
_____________________________________________________________________
28
In fiscal 2025, we expect to refinance the 2022 Credit Agreement to increase the capacity and extend the
maturity of the existing facility. Additionally, in fiscal 2025, we expect to establish a new 364-day senior unsecured
revolving credit facility by entering into a 364-day credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders.
CP Program. At January 3, 2025, we had $515 million in outstanding notes under our CP Program. Under the CP
Program, we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate amount of $3.0 billion. From
time to time, we use borrowings under the CP Program for general corporate purposes, including the funding of
acquisitions, debt repayment, dividend payments and repurchases of our common stock. See the “Financing
Activities” discussion below in this MD&A for further information about our CP Program.
Cash Flow
The following table provides a summary of our cash flow information:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | $560 | $880 | |
| Operating Activities: | |||
| Net income | 1,512 | 1,198 | |
| Non-cash adjustments | 1,576 | 1,162 | |
| Changes in working capital | 66 | 286 | |
| Other, net | (595) | (550) | |
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $2,559 | $2,096 | |
| Net cash used in investing activities | (263) | (7,021) | |
| Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities | (2,224) | 4,594 | |
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (17) | 11 | |
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | $55 | $(320) | |
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $615 | $560 |
Operating Activities. The $463 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2024
compared with fiscal 2023 was primarily due to an increase in net income, excluding the impact of non-cash
adjustments, and tax planning strategies, partially offset by $220 million less cash provided by working capital (i.e.,
receivables, contract assets, inventories, accounts payable and contract liabilities), primarily due to timing.
Cash flow from operations was positive in all of our business segments in fiscal 2024.
Investing Activities. Our primary investing activities include net cash paid for acquired businesses, capital
expenditures and cash proceeds from sales of businesses.
The $6,758 million decrease in net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023
was primarily due to the $6,688 million cash used for the acquisitions of TDL and AJRD in fiscal 2023 and an
increase of $202 million in net cash proceeds from the sale of businesses in fiscal 2024 (see “Divestitures” section
below), partially offset by $100 million of contributions to our rabbi trust assets in fiscal 2024.
Divestitures. During fiscal 2024, we completed the divestitures of our Antenna disposal group and Aerojet
Ordnance Tennessee, Inc. (“AOT disposal group”) for net cash proceeds of $170 million and $103 million,
respectively. During fiscal 2023, we completed the divestiture of Visual Information Solutions for net cash proceeds
of $71 million. See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for further information.
Financing Activities. Our primary financing activities include issuances of long-term debt and commercial paper,
exercises of employee stock options, repayments of long-term debt and commercial paper, dividend payments and
repurchases of common stock.
The $6,818 million change in net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2024 compared with net cash
provided by financing activities in fiscal 2023 was primarily due to a decrease in net proceeds from long-term debt
and an increase in net repayments of commercial paper of $4,741 million and $2,683 million, respectively, partially
offset by a decrease in repayments of long-term debt of $550 million and an increase in proceeds from exercises of
employee stock options of $109 million.
Long-term debt. During fiscal 2024, we closed the issuance and sale of $2.25 billion aggregate principal amount
of the new long-term fixed-rate debt consisting of the 5.05% 2029 Notes, the 5.25% 2031 Notes, and the 5.35%
_____________________________________________________________________
29
2034 Notes (collectively, the “March Issued 2024 Notes”) and closed the issuance and sale of $600 million
aggregate principal amount of the of the 5.50% Notes due 2054 (“5.50% 2054 Notes”).
We used the proceeds from the March Issued 2024 Notes to repay the entire $2.25 billion outstanding balance
of Term Loan 2025 and net proceeds from the 5.50% 2054 Notes to repay borrowings under our CP Program and
intend to use such proceeds to repay the $600 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.832% notes due April
2025 (“3.832% 2025 Notes”) upon maturity. Additionally, in fiscal 2024, we repaid the $350 million aggregate
principal amount of our 3.95% notes, due May 2024 (“3.95% 2024 Notes”).
During fiscal 2023, we drew $2.25 billion in long-term debt on Term Loan 2025 and utilized the proceeds to
fund the TDL acquisition, including a portion of associated transaction and integration costs, and to repay the entire
outstanding $250 million aggregate principal amount of our Floating Rate Notes due March 2023. Additionally, we
closed the issuance and sale of $3.25 billion aggregate principal amount of fixed-rate debt consisting of the 5.4%
2027 Notes, the 5.4% 2033 Notes and the 5.6% 2053 Notes (collectively, the “AJRD Notes”). The AJRD Notes were
used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the AJRD acquisition, and to pay related fees and expenses.
We repaid the entire outstanding $800 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.85% notes, due June 2023
(“3.85% 2023 Notes”) through cash.
CP program. During fiscal 2024, we had a maximum outstanding balance of $2,799 million and a daily average
outstanding balance of $2,100 million under our CP Program. We expect balances under the CP Program to remain
elevated as compared to historical norms through fiscal 2025.
Dividends. Information concerning our dividends is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s
Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Common stock repurchases. During fiscal 2024, we repurchased 2.5 million shares of our common stock under
our share repurchase program for $554 million. At January 3, 2025, we had a remaining unused authorization under
our repurchase program of $3,381 million.
During fiscal 2023, we repurchased 2.5 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase
program for $518 million.
The level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition,
capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board and
management may deem relevant. The timing, volume and nature of repurchases are also subject to market
conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors and are at our discretion and may be suspended or
discontinued at any time. Additional information regarding our repurchase program is set forth above under “Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of
this Report.
Cash Requirements
Total Fixed-Rate Debt. At January 3, 2025, we had fixed-rate debt, which reflects our total long-term debt,
including current portion but excluding finance leases, of $11.5 billion, of which $610 million is due within the next
12 months. The majority of our fixed-rate debt has been incurred in connection with merger and acquisition activity.
Additionally, we have outstanding interest on fixed-rate debt of $4.9 billion, of which $534 million is due within the
next 12 months. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information regarding our fixed-
rate debt.
Purchase Obligations. At January 3, 2025, we had purchase obligations of approximately $9.2 billion, of which
approximately 60% are due within the next 12 months. Our purchase obligations mainly consist of outstanding
commitments on open purchase orders made to suppliers, subcontractors and other outsourcing partners under
U.S. Government contracts and managed service agreements. Our risk associated with these purchase obligations is
generally limited to the termination liability provisions within such contracts. As such, we do not believe there to be
a material liquidity risk associated with outstanding purchase obligations.
Operating and finance lease commitments. At January 3, 2025, we had operating and finance lease
commitments of $1.2 billion, of which $199 million is due within the next 12 months. See Note 11: Leases in the
Notes for further information regarding our lease commitments.
Defined Benefit Pension Contributions. With respect to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, we
intend to contribute annually no less than the required minimum funding thresholds. In fiscal 2024, we made
approximately $30 million of contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans. We expect to make
_____________________________________________________________________
30
approximately $23 million of contributions to these plans in fiscal 2025 and may consider voluntary contributions
thereafter.
Future required contributions primarily will depend on the actual annual return on plan assets and the discount
rate used to measure the benefit obligation at the end of each year. Depending on these factors, and the resulting
funded status of our pension plans, the level of future statutory required minimum contributions could be material.
We had net defined benefit plan assets of $789 million as of January 3, 2025 compared with $66 million as of
December 29, 2023. The improvement in funded status as of January 3, 2025 is primarily due to more favorable
than expected return on plan assets and decreased pension obligations resulting from higher discount rates. See
Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information regarding our pension plans.
Commercial Commitments
We have entered into commercial commitments in the normal course of business including surety bonds,
standby letter of credit agreements and other arrangements with financial institutions and customers primarily
relating to the guarantee of future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services to customers
or to obtain insurance policies with our insurance carriers. See Note 15: Legal Proceedings, Commitments and
Contingencies in the Notes for additional information.
Liquidity Assessment
Given our current cash position, outlook for funds generated from operations, credit ratings, available credit
facilities, cash needs and debt structure, we have not experienced to date, and do not expect to experience, any
material issues with liquidity for the next 12 months and in the longer term, although we can give no assurances
concerning our future liquidity, particularly in light of our overall level of debt, U.S. Government budget uncertainties
and the state of global commerce and general political and global financial uncertainty.
Based on our current business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that our existing cash, funds generated
from operations, availability under our senior unsecured credit facilities and our CP Program and access to the public
and private debt and equity markets will be sufficient to provide for our anticipated working capital requirements,
capital expenditures, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program and repayments of our
debt securities at maturity for the next 12 months and the reasonably foreseeable future thereafter. Our capital
expenditures for fiscal 2025 are expected to be approximately 2% of revenue.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Preparation of this Report in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and backlog as well as disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities. While the following is not intended to be a comprehensive list of our accounting estimates, we
consider the estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their
application places the most significant demands on our judgment, with financial reporting results dependent on
estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Specific
risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs. The impact and any
associated risks described in the following paragraphs related to these estimates on our business operations are
discussed throughout this MD&A where such estimates affect our reported and expected financial results. Senior
management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates and the related
disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of our Board. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
A significant portion of our business is derived from development and production contracts. Revenue and profit
related to development and production contracts are generally recognized over-time, typically using the percentage
of completion (“POC”) cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, whereby we measure our progress towards
completion of the performance obligation based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to estimated costs at
completion under the contract. Because costs incurred represent work performed, we believe this method best
depicts the transfer of control of the asset to the customer. Under the POC cost-to-cost method of revenue
recognition, a single estimated profit margin is used to recognize profit for each performance obligation over its
period of performance.
Recognition of profit on a contract requires estimates of the total cost at completion and transaction price and
the measurement of progress towards completion. Due to the long-term nature of many of our contracts, developing
the estimated total cost at completion and total transaction price often requires judgment. Factors that must be
considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include: the nature and complexity of the work to be
performed, subcontractor performance, the cost and availability of purchased materials and services, labor cost and
availability and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total
_____________________________________________________________________
31
transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and
penalties) and other forms of variable consideration as well as our historical experience and our expectation for
performance on the contract. These variable amounts generally are awarded upon achievement of certain
negotiated performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets and can be based upon customer discretion.
We include such estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of
cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is
resolved.
At the outset of each contract, we gauge its complexity and perceived risks and establish an estimated total cost
at completion in line with these expectations. We follow a standard EAC process in which we review the progress
and performance on our ongoing contracts. If we successfully retire risks associated with the technical, schedule
and cost aspects of a contract, we may lower our estimated total cost at completion commensurate with the
retirement of these risks. Conversely, there are many reasons estimated contract costs can increase, including: (i)
supply chain disruptions, inflation and labor issues; (ii) design or other development challenges; and (iii) program
execution challenges (including from technical or quality issues and other performance concerns). Additionally, as
the contract progresses, our estimates of total transaction price may increase or decrease if, for example, we
receive incentive or award fees that are higher or lower than expected.
When changes in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the
related impact on operating income is recognized on a cumulative basis. Cumulative EAC adjustments represent the
cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods; revenue and operating margins in future periods are
recognized as if the revised estimates had been used since contract inception. Any anticipated losses on these
contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident. In fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023,
earnings were impacted by recognition of net favorable EAC adjustments of $39 million and net unfavorable EAC
adjustments of $85 million, respectively.
During fiscal 2024, we recognized approximately $100 million in unfavorable EAC adjustments related to three
classified fixed-price development programs in Space Systems, however, there were no individual EAC adjustments
that were material to our results of operations on a consolidated or segment basis in fiscal 2024 or 2023.
We recognize revenue from numerous contracts with multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we
allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the
product or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for
which we would sell the product or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundled sale with
any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may
impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.
A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including foreign
military sales contracts. These contracts are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) and the prices of
our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus margin. As a result, the
standalone selling prices of the products and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices
stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple
performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly
observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In
determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar
products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also
consider our cost structure and profit objectives, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing,
our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins
earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.
Defined Benefit Plans
Certain of our current and former employees participate in defined benefit plans in the U.S., Canada and United
Kingdom, which are sponsored by L3Harris. See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for additional information
related to our defined benefit plans.
Significant Assumptions
The determination of the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and recognition of net periodic benefit income
related to defined benefit plans depend on various assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan
assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, termination and other factors.
We develop assumptions using relevant experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each plan.
Assumptions are reviewed annually with third-party experts and adjusted as appropriate. Actual results that differ
_____________________________________________________________________
32
from our assumptions are accumulated and generally amortized for each plan to the extent required over the
estimated future life expectancy or, if applicable, the average remaining service period of the plan’s active
participants.
The following table presents the significant assumptions used to determine the PBO:
| January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Pension | OtherBenefits | Pension | OtherBenefits | ||||
| Discount rate | 5.46% | 5.38% | 4.91% | 4.87% |
The following table presents the significant assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit income:
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| January 3, 2025 | December 29, 2023 | ||||||
| Pension | OtherBenefits | Pension | OtherBenefits | ||||
| Discount rate to determine service cost | 4.92% | 5.00% | 5.18% | 5.26% | |||
| Discount rate to determine interest cost | 4.80% | 4.78% | 5.08% | 5.06% | |||
| Expected return on plan assets | 7.45% | 7.50% | 7.46% | 7.50% |
Discount Rate. The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of expected future benefit payments at
the measurement date. An increase in the discount rate decreases the PBO and generally decreases our net periodic
benefit income. A decrease in the discount rate increases the PBO and generally increases our net periodic benefit
income. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income
investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate is determined by considering
an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty years, developed by
the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop
a single discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics.
Sensitivity Analysis. The sensitivity of the PBO to changes in the discount rate varies depending on the
magnitude and direction of the change in the discount rate. We estimate that a 25 basis point change in the discount
rate of our combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would have the following impact on our PBO at January 3,
2025 and net periodic benefit income for the next twelve months:
| (In millions) | 25 BasisPoint Increase | 25 BasisPoint Decrease | |
|---|---|---|---|
| PBO | $(155) | $161 | |
| Net periodic benefit income | $7 | $(8) |
Expected Return on Plan Assets. Substantially all of our plan assets are managed on a commingled basis in a
master investment trust. We determine our expected return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and
estimates of future returns. Specifically, we consider the plan’s actual historical annual return on assets over the
past 15, 20 and 25 years and historical broad market returns over long-term timeframes based on our strategic
allocation, which is detailed in Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes. Future returns are based on independent
estimates of long-term asset class returns. Based on this approach, the weighted average long-term annual rate of
return on assets was estimated to be 7.45% for both fiscal 2024 and 2025.
Sensitivity Analysis. We estimate that a 25 basis point change in the expected return on plan assets of our
combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would have the following impact on net periodic benefit income for the
next twelve months:
| (In millions) | 25 BasisPoint Increase | 25 BasisPoint Decrease | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Net periodic benefit income | $(20) | $20 |
Goodwill
We test our goodwill for impairment annually as of the first business day of our fourth fiscal quarter, which was
September 30 in fiscal 2024, or under certain circumstances more frequently, such as when events or
circumstances indicate there may be impairment or when we reorganize our reporting structure such that the
composition of one or more of our reporting units is affected. We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the
Company referred to as the reporting unit, which is our business segment level or one level below the business
_____________________________________________________________________
33
segment. Some of our segments are comprised of several reporting units. Allocation of goodwill to several reporting
units could make it more likely that we will have an impairment charge in the future. An impairment charge to any
one of our reporting units could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant
judgment. To test goodwill for impairment, we may perform both qualitative and quantitative assessments. If we
elect to perform a qualitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we evaluate events and circumstances
impacting the reporting unit to determine the probability that goodwill is impaired. If we determine it is more-likely-
than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative
assessment.
Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific
events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These
factors include: (i) deterioration in the general economy; (ii) deterioration in the environment in which we operate;
(iii) increase in materials, labor or other costs; (iv) negative or declining cash flows; (v) changes in management,
changes in strategy or significant litigation; (vi) changes in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an
expectation of disposing all or a portion of the reporting unit; or (vii) a sustained decrease in share price.
If we perform a quantitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we calculate the fair value of that reporting
unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. We estimate fair values of our reporting units
based on projected cash flows. Values derived from projected cash flows are corroborated through review of
revenue and/or earnings multiples applied to the latest twelve months’ revenue and earnings of our reporting units.
Projected cash flows are based on our best estimate of future revenues, operating costs and balance sheet metrics
reflecting our view of the financial and market conditions of the underlying business; and the resulting cash flows are
discounted using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk in the forecasted cash flows. The revenues and
earnings multiples applied to the revenues and earnings of our reporting units are based on current multiples of
revenues and earnings for similar businesses, and based on revenues and earnings multiples paid for recent
acquisitions of similar businesses made in the marketplace. We then assess whether any implied control premium,
based on a comparison of fair value based purely on our stock price and outstanding shares with fair value
determined by using all of the above-described models, is reasonable. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its
carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fiscal 2024 Impairment Tests. We performed our annual impairment test of all of our reporting units’ goodwill
as of September 30, 2024 and concluded that for each of our reporting units no impairment existed.
Business realignment. Effective for fiscal 2024, to better align our businesses, we adjusted our IMS segment by
realigning our Electro Optical and Maritime sectors, which are also reporting units, splitting Electro Optical into two
sectors, Global Optical Systems and Defense Electronics, and moving one Electro Optical business to the Maritime
sector. Global Optical Systems and Defense Electronics represent one reporting unit. Immediately before and after
the realignment, we performed a quantitative impairment assessment under our former and new reporting unit
structure. These assessments indicated no impairment existed either before or after the realignment.
Antenna disposal group divestiture. For information related to the Antenna disposal group divestiture, including
goodwill allocation, impairment testing and resulting impairment see Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the
Notes.
Fiscal 2023 Impairment Tests. For information related to fiscal 2023 impairment tests and resulting
impairments see Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes.
At-risk goodwill. Based on the fiscal 2024 annual impairment testing, all of our reporting units had clearances
above 25%. Based on the fiscal 2023 annual impairment testing, our Broadband reporting unit had clearance of
approximately 20% and goodwill of $2,656 million and our ISR and Electro Optical reporting units had clearances of
approximately 6% and goodwill of $3,186 million and $2,193 million, respectively.
An impairment of goodwill could result from a number of circumstances, including different assumptions used in
determining the fair value of the reporting units; changes to U.S. Government spending priorities or ability to win
competitively awarded contracts; an inability to meet our forecast; the rescission of significant contract awards as a
result of competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us; or an increase in interest rates without a
corresponding increase in future revenue.
Goodwill-Related Fair Value Estimates. Fair value determinations described above under the heading
“Goodwill” in this Critical Accounting Estimates section of this MD&A were determined based on a combination of
market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions, and
_____________________________________________________________________
34
projected discounted cash flows. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective
and requires significant judgment. Material changes in these estimates could occur and result in additional
impairments in future periods.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition and any
excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities is
recorded as goodwill. See Note 13: Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes for additional information.
Income Taxes
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and
amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We
follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets
recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. Future
realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate
character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under
the tax law. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income,
projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax
planning strategies. We have not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine our tax
valuation allowances during fiscal 2024.
Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 3, 2025 included deferred tax assets of $120 million and
deferred tax liabilities of $942 million. For all jurisdictions in which we have net deferred tax assets, we expect that
our existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future taxable income needed to
realize these tax assets. Our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets, which is reflected in our
Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $238 million as of January 3, 2025. Although we make reasonable efforts to
ensure the accuracy of our deferred tax assets, if we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions, or are
unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or
time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the potential
impact of tax planning strategies changes, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a
significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a
material adverse impact on our operating results.
The evaluation of tax positions taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim,
involves inherent uncertainty and requires the use of judgment. We evaluate our income tax positions and record tax
benefits for all years subject to examination based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances as of the
reporting date. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we record the
largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% probability of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the
applicable taxing authority, assuming the taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For income
tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we do not recognize a tax benefit
in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
As of January 3, 2025, we had $758 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $666 million would favorably
impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized.
It is reasonably possible that there could be a significant change to our unrecognized tax benefits during the
course of the next twelve months as ongoing tax examinations continue, other tax examinations commence or
various statutes of limitations expire. However, an estimate of the range of possible changes is not practicable for
the remaining unrecognized tax benefits because of the significant number of jurisdictions in which we do business
and the number of open tax periods under various states of examination. See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for
additional information.
Impact of Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes for information relating to the impact of recently adopted
and issued accounting pronouncements.
_____________________________________________________________________
35
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000202058-24-000029.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022. A discussion of fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 can be found in Part II: Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2022 (our “Fiscal 2022 Form 10-K”). This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our future results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below in this MD&A under “Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that May Affect Future Results.”
OVERVIEW
We are the Trusted Disruptor in the defense industry. With customers’ mission-critical needs in mind, we deliver end-to-end technology solutions connecting the space, air, land, sea and cyber domains. We support government customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government and their prime contractors. Our products and services have defense and civil government
_____________________________________________________________________
24
applications, as well as commercial applications. As of December 29, 2023, we had approximately 50,000 employees, including approximately 20,000 engineers and scientists. We generally sell directly to our customers, and we utilize agents and intermediaries to sell and market some products and services, especially in international markets.
We structure our operations primarily around the products, systems and services we sell and the markets we serve, and we report the financial results of our continuing operations in the four segments: SAS, IMS, CS and AR. See Note 14: Business Segments in the Notes for further information regarding our business segments, including how we define segment operating income or loss.
U.S. and International Budget Environment
Our largest customers are various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government — the percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 76%, 74% and 75%, in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
On December 29, 2022, the President signed the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023 (H.R. 2617 ) into law, which provided $858 billion of national defense funding for the 2023 GFY, of which $816 billion was allotted to the DoD. On March 13, 2023, the President’s Budget Request for GFY 2024 (“2024 PBR”) was released. The 2024 PBR includes $842 billion for the DoD, a proposed increase of approximately 3% over the enacted GFY 2023 DoD budget. Many of our offerings funded in the enacted GFY 2023 DoD budget are also supported by the 2024 PBR, including responsive satellites, ISR aircraft, tactical communications and maritime solutions.
On June 3, 2023, the President signed into law the Fiscal Responsibility Act of 2023 (“FRA”), (P.L., 118-5) which suspended the federal debt limit through January 1, 2025 and established new discretionary funding limits for defense and non-defense accounts. The deal capped GFY 2024 national defense funding at $886 billion, including $842 billion for the DoD specifically, and non-defense funding at $704 billion. The FRA includes a provision that requires if a CR is in effect on January 1, 2024, for any discretionary account, the discretionary spending limits would be revised to reflect GFY23 enacted levels for defense and nondefense, decreased by 1%. If a final GFY2024 appropriations bill is not enacted by April 30, the 1% spending cuts would go into effect.
On September 30, 2023, the President signed a short-term CR, funding the government for 48 days through November 17, 2023. On November 17, 2023, the President signed a second CR into law. The second CR funded some government agencies through January 19, 2024, and other agencies, including the DoD, through February 2, 2024. On January 19, 2024, the President signed a third CR into law extending government funding through March 1 and March 8, respectively. Congress must enact full-year GFY appropriations bills or another CR to fund the government by those respective deadlines. While operating under a CR, government agencies are allocated a portion of GFY 2023 enacted funds, and DoD is prohibited from starting new programs.
The overall defense spending environment, both in the U.S. and internationally, reflects the continued impacts of the conflicts in Ukraine and geopolitical tensions across Asia and the Middle East, and changes to U.S. Government or international spending priorities have and could in the future impact our business.
For a discussion of U.S. Government funding risks and international business risks see “Item 1. Business -Government Contracts,” “Item 1. Business - International Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Report.
Economic Environment
The macroeconomic environment continues to present challenges, which have impacted and may continue to impact our future results. The ongoing uncertainty related to the impacts of inflation, as well as increased interest rates, which raises the cost of borrowing for the federal government, could in the future impact U.S. Government spending priorities and the demand for our products.
For a discussion of inflation-related risks, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report.
Acquisitions and Pending Divestitures
TDL Product Line. On January 3, 2023, we completed the acquisition of TDL for a purchase price of $1,958 million. TDL is reported within our CS segment.
AJRD. On July 28, 2023, we completed the acquisition of AJRD for a total net purchase price of $4,715 million. The operations of AJRD are reported in the newly established AR segment and in our corporate headquarters.
Pending Divestiture of CAS Disposal Group. On November 27, 2023, we announced that we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our CAS disposal group, which is included in our IMS segment.
_____________________________________________________________________
25
See Note 13: Acquisitions, Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes for further information.
Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures
The heightened geopolitical tensions worldwide emphasize the need for strengthened deterrence to support the U.S. and its allies. With a national security, technology-focused portfolio, we are uniquely positioned to meet our customers’ evolving needs across all domains and deliver advanced capabilities to support the U.S. and its allies. Many of our offerings are supported in the 2024 GFY DoD budget, including responsive satellites, ISR aircraft, tactical communications, networked maritime systems and classified cyber solutions. In fiscal 2023, we received several key strategic contract awards across each of our domains, and we ended the year with backlog of $32.7 billion, a 47% increase over the prior year. Also in fiscal 2023, we invested $480 million (2% of total revenue) in company-funded R&D focused on technologies that expand our capabilities across our domains.
As noted in the “Acquisitions and Pending Divestitures” section above, during fiscal 2023, we closed on two acquisitions. The TDL acquisition provides us access to the Link 16 network and positions us to make the installed base of terminals more resilient and relevant, consistent with joint all-domain command and control (“JADC2”) modernization efforts. The AJRD acquisition provides access to new markets in missiles and missile defense as well as space exploration.
This year, we embarked on the next phase of the L3Harris evolution, known as LHX NeXt, a targeted three-year program designed to enhance organizational agility and performance by leveraging our scale and relationships across segments, driving operational efficiency and competitiveness for the enterprise. With this program we are investing in enterprise tools and optimized, revamped processes to unlock further opportunities for margin expansion and create additional value for our shareholders.
Our strategic priorities continue to be performance, growth and innovation, with “Performance First” continuing to be our primary focus. We plan to continue to invest, consistent with growth opportunities, and sustain our culture of innovation, while delivering on our commitments to investors, our customers and on every contract we are awarded. We intend to accomplish this by:
•Relentlessly focusing on program execution and continuous improvement;
•Strengthening the risk management culture that has developed over the highly volatile past three years;
•Seamlessly integrating TDL and AJRD; and
•Attracting, developing and retaining the skilled workforce key to our role as a Trusted Disruptor.
We use the following key financial performance measures to manage our business, which are discussed in detail below in the “Operations Review” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections of this MD&A:
•Revenue;
•Operating income and margin; and
•Net cash provided by operating activities.
We also measure the success of our business using certain measures that are not defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), such as adjusted segment operating income (defined as operating income excluding certain corporate items and certain significant and/or nonrecurring items), earnings before interest and taxes, non-GAAP earnings per share, free cash flow (defined as net cash provided by operating activities less additions of property, plant and equipment net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment) and return on invested capital (defined as after-tax operating income from continuing operations divided by the five-point average of invested capital at the beginning and end of the period, where invested capital equals equity plus debt, less cash and cash equivalents), which may be calculated differently by other companies. We use these measures, along with our key financial performance measures above, to assess the success of our business and our ability to create shareholder value. We believe these measures are balanced among long-term and short-term performance, growth and innovation. We also use some of these and other performance metrics for executive compensation purposes.
_____________________________________________________________________
26
OPERATIONS REVIEW
Consolidated Results of Operations
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Revenue | $ | 19,419 | $ | 17,062 | ||
| Cost of revenue | (14,306) | (12,135) | ||||
| % of total revenue | 74 | % | 71 | % | ||
| Gross margin | 5,113 | 4,927 | ||||
| % of total revenue | 26 | % | 29 | % | ||
| General and administrative expenses | (3,262) | (3,006) | ||||
| % of total revenue | 17 | % | 18 | % | ||
| Asset group and business divestiture-related (losses) gains, net | (51) | 8 | ||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (374) | (802) | ||||
| Operating income | 1,426 | 1,127 | ||||
| Non-service FAS pension income and other, net1 | 338 | 425 | ||||
| Interest expense, net | (543) | (279) | ||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes | 1,221 | 1,273 | ||||
| Income taxes | (23) | (212) | ||||
| Effective tax rate | 1.9 | % | 16.7 | % | ||
| Net income | 1,198 | 1,061 | ||||
| Noncontrolling interests, net of income taxes | 29 | 1 | ||||
| Net income attributable to L3Harris Technologies, Inc. | $ | 1,227 | $ | 1,062 | ||
| % of total revenue | 6 | % | 6 | % | ||
| Net income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris Technologies, Inc common shareholders | $ | 6.44 | $ | 5.49 |
_____
1“FAS” is defined as Financial Accounting Standards.
Revenue
As described in more detail in Note 13: Acquisitions, Divestitures and Asset Sales and elsewhere in the Notes, during fiscal 2023 and 2022, we completed certain asset group sales and business divestitures. There was no significant revenue attributable to divested businesses.
Revenue for fiscal 2023 increased 14% compared with fiscal 2022 from the inclusion of $1,052 million of revenue from the July 28, 2023 acquisition of AJRD, which is reported in our AR segment, and higher revenue in CS of $853 million (including $365 million of revenue from the acquisition of TDL) and SAS of $472 million. See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Gross margin
Gross margin for fiscal 2023 increased compared to fiscal 2022, largely due to the increases in revenue noted above, partially offset by an unfavorable net change in EAC adjustments which decreased gross margin by $121 million and a higher mix of lower margin revenue, primarily in our CS segment. Gross margin as a percentage of revenue decreased compared to fiscal 2022 from EAC adjustments and a higher mix of lower margin revenue, primarily in our CS segment. For discussion of operating income by segment see the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” below in this MD&A for further information.
_____________________________________________________________________
27
Segment Product and Service Analysis
The following tables present revenue and cost of revenue from products and services by segment.
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 29, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
| (In millions) | SAS | IMS | CS | AR | Eliminations | Total | ||||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
| Products | $ | 4,879 | $ | 4,006 | $ | 4,057 | $ | 752 | $ | — | $ | 13,694 | ||||||
| Services | 1,928 | 2,537 | 960 | 300 | — | 5,725 | ||||||||||||
| Intersegment | 49 | 87 | 53 | — | (189) | — | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 6,856 | $ | 6,630 | $ | 5,070 | $ | 1,052 | $ | (189) | $ | 19,419 | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
| Products | $ | 3,777 | $ | 3,055 | $ | 2,319 | $ | 558 | $ | 2 | 9,711 | |||||||
| Services | 1,554 | 1,944 | 845 | 259 | (7) | 4,595 | ||||||||||||
| Intersegment | 49 | 87 | 53 | — | (189) | — | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 5,380 | $ | 5,086 | $ | 3,217 | $ | 817 | $ | (194) | 14,306 | |||||||
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||
| December 30, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||
| SAS | IMS | CS | AR | Eliminations | Total | |||||||||||||
| Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
| Products | $ | 4,574 | $ | 4,152 | $ | 3,370 | ** | $ | — | $ | 12,097 | |||||||
| Services | 1,761 | 2,403 | 802 | ** | — | 4,965 | ||||||||||||
| Intersegment | 49 | 71 | 45 | ** | (165) | — | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 6,384 | $ | 6,626 | $ | 4,217 | $ | — | $ | (165) | $ | 17,062 | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
| Products | $ | 3,397 | $ | 3,008 | $ | 1,953 | ** | $ | (3) | $ | 8,355 | |||||||
| Services | 1,364 | 1,814 | 600 | ** | 2 | 3,780 | ||||||||||||
| Intersegment | 49 | 71 | 45 | ** | (165) | — | ||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 4,810 | $ | 4,893 | $ | 2,598 | $ | — | $ | (166) | $ | 12,135 |
_________________
** AR is a new reportable segment established in the quarter ended September 29, 2023 which consists of the operations assumed in the AJRD acquisition. As such, there is no comparable prior year information.
Products revenue. Products revenue increased $1,598 million, from the inclusion of $752 million of products revenue from AR, as well as increases of $687 million at CS, primarily from the inclusion of TDL, and of $305 million at SAS, respectively. Such increases were partially offset by a decrease of $146 million at IMS.
Cost of product revenue. Cost of product revenue increased $1,356 million, primarily from the inclusion of $558 million of cost of product revenue from AR and an increase of $366 million at CS, in line with the increase in product revenue and primarily from the inclusion of TDL. The increase was also attributable to an increase in cost of product revenue of $380 million at SAS, primarily from an increase in products revenue in Space Systems and $47 million at IMS.
Services revenue. Services revenue increased $759 million, from the inclusion of $300 million of services revenue from AR, as well as increases of $167 million at SAS, $158 million at CS, primarily from the inclusion of TDL, and $134 million at IMS.
Cost of services revenue. Cost of services revenue increased $815 million, primarily from the inclusion of $259 million of cost of services revenue from AR and an increase of $245 million, higher costs of services revenue at CS primarily from the inclusion of TDL, and $190 million and $130 million higher costs of services revenue at SAS and IMS respectively, primarily due to a larger volume of lower margin service sales.
_____________________________________________________________________
28
General and administrative expenses
Major components of General and administrative expenses (“G&A”) were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles | $ | (687) | $ | (532) | ||
| Company-funded R&D costs | (480) | (603) | ||||
| Merger, acquisition, and divestiture related expenses | (174) | (162) | ||||
| LHX NeXt(1) | (115) | — | ||||
| Selling and marketing | (450) | (483) | ||||
| Other G&A expenses(2) | (1,356) | (1,226) | ||||
| Total G&A expenses | $ | (3,262) | $ | (3,006) |
______________
(1)Costs associated with transforming multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness, including third-party consulting, workforce optimization and incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems.
(2)Other G&A expenses primarily includes unallocated corporate expenses and segment G&A expense.
In fiscal 2023, G&A expenses increased due to the inclusion of costs from our LHX NeXt initiative, as discussed in more detail under the “Operating Environment, Strategic Priorities and Key Performance Measures” section above in this MD&A, as well as increases in amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and an increase in Other G&A expenses as described below. Such increases were partially offset by a decrease in R&D costs and decreases from charges for severance and other termination costs and charges related to an additional pre-merger legal contingency that occurred in fiscal 2022.
For fiscal 2023, the increase in other G&A expenses of $190 million is attributable to increases of $39 million at our CS segment, partially from the inclusion of TDL and $16 million at our IMS segment, as well as the inclusion of approximately $75 million of other G&A expenses in our new AR segment, partially offset by a decrease in other G&A expenses in our SAS segment of $8 million. The remaining amount is attributable to an increase in corporate other G&A expenses and eliminations.
Asset group and business divestiture-related (losses) gains, net
During fiscal 2023, pre-tax losses, net, consist of a $77 million loss associated with the pending divestiture of the CAS disposal group within the IMS segment, partially offset by a $26 million pre-tax gain recognized on divestiture of our Visual Information Solutions (“VIS”) business from our SAS segment.
During fiscal 2022, we completed one business divestiture and one asset sale from our IMS segment and recognized a pre-tax gain of $8 million associated with the asset sale. See Note 13: Acquisitions, Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes for further information.
Impairment of goodwill and other assets
Impairment of goodwill and other assets consisted of the following non-cash charges:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Goodwill:(1) | ||||||
| IMS | $ | 296 | $ | 367 | ||
| CS | — | 355 | ||||
| SAS | — | 80 | ||||
| Total impairment of goodwill | $ | 296 | $ | 802 | ||
| Other assets: | ||||||
| Impairment of customer contracts | 48 | — | ||||
| Facility closure | 9 | — | ||||
| In-process R&D impairment(1) | 21 | — | ||||
| Total impairment of other assets | $ | 78 | $ | — | ||
| Total impairment of goodwill and other assets | $ | 374 | $ | 802 |
_____________________________________________________________________
29
______________
(1) See Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes for further information.
Non-service FAS pension income and other, net
Included in this caption is non-service FAS pension income and other non-operating income and expenses. Non-service FAS pension income of $310 million in fiscal 2023 decreased $131 million compared with fiscal 2022 primarily due to the $170 million increase in interest cost due to a higher discount rate in fiscal 2023, partially offset by a $31 million increase in amortization of net actuarial gains. Other non-operating income, net of $28 million in fiscal 2023 increased $44 million from non-operating expense, net of $16 million in fiscal 2022 primarily from changes in the market value of our rabbi trust assets, gains and losses on our equity investments in nonconsolidated affiliates and royalty income.
See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for more information on the composition of non-service cost components of FAS pension and other postretirement benefits (“OPEB”) income and expense.
Interest expense, net
Our net interest expense increased in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 primarily due to interest expense of $207 million on the $5.5 billion of long-term debt issued in fiscal 2023 and $69 million increase in interest expense on outstanding notes under our commercial paper program (“CP Program”) during fiscal 2023, both of which were primarily due to the acquisitions of TDL and AJRD. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information.
Income taxes
Our effective tax rate (income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes) was 1.9% in fiscal 2023 compared with 16.7% in fiscal 2022. The decrease was primarily attributable to favorable impacts of divestitures and internal restructuring and the reduction of unfavorable non-deductible goodwill impairments experienced in fiscal 2022. See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for further information.
Net income per common share attributable to L3Harris Technologies, Inc. common shareholders
The increase in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to higher net income and fewer diluted weighted average common shares outstanding, primarily reflecting the repurchases of our common stock under our share repurchase program during fiscal 2023. See the “Common Stock Repurchases” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations
Effective for fiscal 2023, we adjusted our reporting to better align our businesses and transferred our ADG business from our IMS segment to our SAS segment. Additionally, upon completion of the AJRD acquisition on July 28, 2023, we established a new reportable segment, AR.
The historical results, discussion and presentation of our business segments as set forth in this MD&A reflect the impact of these changes for all periods presented in order to present segment information on a comparable basis. There is no impact on our previously reported consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets, statements of cash flows or statements of equity resulting from these changes.
SAS Segment
Our SAS segment includes space payloads, sensors and full-mission solutions; classified intelligence and cyber; avionics; electronic warfare; and mission networks for air traffic management operations. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in SAS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,856 | $ | 6,384 | 7 | % | ||||
| Operating income | 756 | 665 | 14 | % | ||||||
| Operating margin | 11.0 | % | 10.4 | % |
The increase in SAS revenue in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to higher revenue of $445 million from program growth in Space Systems, Mission Networks and Intel and Cyber.
_____________________________________________________________________
30
The increases in SAS operating income and operating margin in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 were primarily due to higher volume, $66 million of lower R&D expenses, $53 million of lower non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other assets, lower overhead costs and favorable mix in Space Systems due to a non-recurring license sale during fiscal 2023. Such increases were partially offset by $40 million change in EAC adjustments from program execution during fiscal 2023.
IMS Segment
Our IMS segment includes ISR; passive sensing and targeting; electronic attack; autonomy; power and communications; networks; sensors; aviation products; and pilot training operations. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in IMS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,630 | $ | 6,626 | — | % | ||||
| Operating income | 459 | 494 | (7 | %) | ||||||
| Operating margin | 6.9 | % | 7.5 | % |
The flat IMS revenue in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to lower revenue of $179 million in ISR largely from lower aircraft missionization volume, offset by higher revenues of $69 million in Electro Optical from higher volume in space and sensors, $63 million in Maritime largely from volume in classified programs, power and energy solutions and international and $61 million in Commercial Aviation Solutions from volume.
The decrease in IMS operating income and operating margin in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 were primarily due to a net change in EAC adjustments of $103 million, principally in ISR and in Maritime from net unfavorable EAC adjustments in fiscal 2023 due to program execution, and the sale of $33 million of end-of-life inventory in Commercial Aviation Systems during fiscal 2022. Such decreases were partially offset by $64 million of lower R&D expenses and $59 million of lower non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other assets in fiscal 2023.
CS Segment
Our CS segment includes tactical communications with global communications solutions; broadband communications; integrated vision solutions; and public safety radios, system applications and equipment. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in CS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||
| Revenue | $ | 5,070 | $ | 4,217 | 20 | % | ||||
| Operating income | 1,229 | 667 | 84 | % | ||||||
| Operating margin | 24.2 | % | 15.8 | % |
The increase in CS revenue in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to higher revenue of $464 million in Broadband Communications, from the inclusion of $365 million of revenue from the acquisition of TDL and higher volume on legacy Broadband Communications platforms and $318 million in Tactical Communications and $83 million in Public Safety, both from increased demand and improved electronic component availability.
The increases in CS operating income and operating margin in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 were primarily due to higher volume during fiscal 2023, including operating income of $131 million from the TDL acquisition and absence of a $355 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in our Broadband reporting unit in fiscal 2022. The increase in CS operating margin was partially offset by a higher mix of lower margin revenue, principally in Public Safety and IVS.
AR Segment
Our AR segment includes missile solutions with propulsion technologies for strategic defense, missile defense, and hypersonic and tactical systems; and space propulsion and power systems for national security space and exploration missions. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in AR. AR is a new reportable segment established in the quarter ended September 29, 2023 and as such, there is no comparable prior
_____________________________________________________________________
31
year information.
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||
|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 29, 2023 | |
| Revenue | $ | 1,052 |
| Operating income | 122 | |
| Operating margin | 11.6 | % |
Fiscal 2023 results were driven by program performance across Missile Solutions and Space Propulsion and Power Systems portfolios from the July 28, 2023 acquisition date through December 29, 2023. Operating income was impacted by operational inefficiencies, partially offset by integration benefits recognized in fiscal 2023.
Unallocated Corporate Expenses
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Total unallocated corporate expense | $ | (1,140) | $ | (699) |
Total unallocated corporate expense includes the portion of corporate costs not included in management’s evaluation of segment operating performance. Unallocated corporate expenses increased $441 million in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022, primarily from an increase of $174 million of amortization of acquisition-related intangibles related to the inclusion of TDL and AJRD, the inclusion of $115 million of LHX NeXt related implementation costs (see discussion under “LHX NeXt implementation costs” below), higher asset group and business divestiture-related losses of $59 million and a $42 million expense during fiscal 2023 compared with $29 million of income during fiscal 2022 related to our deferred compensation plans.
LHX NeXt implementation costs. LHX NeXt is our initiative to transform multiple functions, systems and processes to increase agility and competitiveness. Costs related to the LHX NeXt effort are expected to continue through 2025, and are expected to include workforce optimization costs, incremental IT expenses for implementation of new systems, third-party consulting expenses and other related costs.
LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND FINANCIAL STRATEGIES
We prioritize cash flow generation through our commitment to operational excellence, efficient balance sheet management and continuous cost reduction efforts. We consistently assess various capital deployment options, considering both our long-term outlook and the evolving market conditions, recognizing the importance of adaptability as market dynamics change over time.
Our primary capital deployment priorities involve a focus on funding the business, debt repayment to be achieved through the prioritization of capital allocation, potentially accelerated with proceeds from non-core asset divestitures, and returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.
As of December 29, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $560 million, of which $343 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, a significant portion of which we believe can be repatriated to the U.S. with minimal tax cost. Additionally, we have two credit facilities and a commercial paper program. See the “Capital Structure and Resources” discussion below in this MD&A for further information about our credit facilities and CP Program.
_____________________________________________________________________
32
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | $ | 880 | $ | 941 | ||
| Operating Activities: | ||||||
| Net income | 1,198 | 1,061 | ||||
| Non-cash adjustments | 1,213 | 1,066 | ||||
| Changes in working capital | 286 | (196) | ||||
| Other, net | (601) | 227 | ||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,096 | $ | 2,158 | ||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (7,021) | (250) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 4,594 | (1,951) | ||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 11 | (18) | ||||
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (320) | $ | (61) | ||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | 560 | $ | 880 |
Net cash provided by operating activities: The $62 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to increases in payments of income taxes of $406 million and interest of $193 million on the $2.25 billion, three-year senior unsecured term loan facility (“Term Loan 2025”), the $3.25 billion aggregate principal amount of new long-term fixed-rate debt consisting of the 5.4% 2027 Notes, the 5.4% 2033 Notes and the 5.6% 2053 Notes (collectively, the “AJRD Notes”) and our CP Program, partially offset by less cash used to fund net working capital (i.e., receivables, contract assets, inventories, accounts payable and contract liabilities).
Cash flow from operations was positive in all of our business segments in fiscal 2023.
Net cash used in investing activities: The $6.8 billion increase in net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to the $6.7 billion cash used for the acquisitions of TDL and AJRD during the first quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2023, respectively.
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities: The $6.5 billion increase in net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022 was primarily due to the issuance and sale of $3.25 billion aggregate principal amount of new AJRD Notes, $2.25 billion in proceeds from borrowings on Term Loan 2025, of which $2.0 billion was utilized for the TDL acquisition, $1.6 billion in net proceeds from issuances of commercial paper and the $565 million decrease in cash used to repurchase our common stock under our share repurchase program. Such amounts were partially offset by an increase in repayments of borrowings, including the $800 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.85% 2023 Notes and the $250 million aggregate principal amount of our Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 (“Floating 2023 Notes”).
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-Term Debt, Net
We had $11.5 billion of long-term debt, net, including the current portion of long-term debt, net and financing lease obligations, outstanding at December 29, 2023, the majority of which we incurred in connection with merger and acquisition activity.
Long-Term Variable-Rate Debt. During fiscal 2023, we drew $2.25 billion in long-term debt on Term Loan 2025. The proceeds were utilized to fund the cash consideration paid and a portion of the associated transaction and integration costs related to the TDL acquisition and repay the entire outstanding $250 million aggregate principal amount of our Floating 2023 Notes. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information on our long-term fixed-rate debt.
Long-Term Fixed-Rate Debt. On June 15, 2023, we repaid the entire outstanding $800 million aggregate principal amount of our 3.85% 2023 Notes through cash on hand and the issuance of commercial paper. The commercial paper issued to fund repayment of the 3.85% 2023 Notes was repaid during fiscal 2023.
On July 31, 2023, we closed the issuance and sale of $3.25 billion aggregate principal amount of the AJRD Notes. The AJRD Notes were used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the AJRD acquisition, which closed on
_____________________________________________________________________
33
July 28, 2023, and to pay related fees and expenses. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information on our long-term variable-rate debt.
Short-Term Debt, Credit Arrangements and CP Program
We had $1.6 billion of short-term debt at December 29, 2023, consisting of outstanding notes under the CP Program and local borrowing by international subsidiaries for working capital needs. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information on Credit Arrangements and CP Program.
2023 Credit Agreement. On March 10, 2023, we established a $2.4 billion, 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility (“2023 Credit Facility”) by entering into a 364-Day Credit Agreement (“2023 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders. Proceeds of the initial funding of loans under the 2023 Credit Agreement were required to be used to finance a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of AJRD and for the fees, taxes, costs and related expenses related to it, and thereafter may be used for working capital purposes.
On July 28, 2023, we borrowed $2.1 billion under the 2023 Credit Agreement and used the proceeds together with proceeds from the AJRD Notes to fund the acquisition of AJRD and to pay related fees and expenses. All borrowings under the 2023 Credit Agreement were repaid with proceeds of commercial paper issued during fiscal 2023. At December 29, 2023, we had no outstanding borrowings under the 2023 Credit Agreement, had available borrowing capacity of $800 million, net of outstanding CP Program borrowings, and were in compliance with all covenants under the 2023 Credit Agreement.
On January 26, 2024, we replaced the 2023 Credit Agreement with a new $1.5 billion, 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility maturing no later than January 24, 2025.
2022 Credit Agreement. We have a $2.0 billion, 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2022 Credit Facility”) under a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2022 Credit Agreement”) entered into on July 29, 2022 with a syndicate of lenders, which the lenders may agree to increase by up to $1.0 billion upon our request.
At December 29, 2023, we had no outstanding borrowings and were in compliance with all covenants under the 2022 Credit Agreement.
Commercial Paper Programs. On March 14, 2023, we established the CP Program, which is supported by amounts unused and available under the 2022 Credit Agreement and the 2023 Credit Agreement. From time to time, we use borrowings under the CP Program for general corporate purposes, including the funding of acquisitions, debt refinancing, dividend payments and repurchases of our common stock. We terminated our prior existing $1.0 billion commercial paper program during fiscal 2023.
During fiscal 2023, we had a maximum outstanding balance of $3.0 billion under our CP Program, which we primarily used to repay $2.1 billion outstanding under the 2023 Credit Agreement, a portion of which was repaid with cash on hand during the second half of fiscal 2023.
Amounts outstanding under the CP Program at December 29, 2023 and the daily average balance and weighted average yield during fiscal 2023 were as follows:
| December 29, 2023 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions, except weighted-average interest rate) | Outstanding | Daily Average | ||||
| CP Program | $ | 1,599 | $ | 1,300 | ||
| Weighted-average interest rate | 5.95 | % | 5.45 | % |
We expect balances under the CP Program to remain elevated as compared to historical norms through fiscal 2025.
Liquidity Assessment
Given our current cash position, outlook for funds generated from operations, credit ratings, available credit facilities, cash needs and debt structure, we have not experienced to date, and do not expect to experience, any material issues with liquidity for the next 12 months and in the longer term, although we can give no assurances concerning our future liquidity, particularly in light of our overall level of debt, U.S. Government budget uncertainties and the state of global commerce and general political and global financial uncertainty.
Based on our current business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that our existing cash, funds generated from operations, availability under our senior unsecured credit facilities and our CP Program and access to the public and private debt and equity markets will be sufficient to provide for our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program and repayments of our debt securities at maturity for the next twelve months and the reasonably foreseeable future thereafter. Our total
_____________________________________________________________________
34
additions of property, plant and equipment net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2024 are expected to be approximately 2% of revenue. Other than operating expenses, cash uses for fiscal 2024 are expected to consist primarily of additions of property, plant and equipment, dividend payments, debt repayments, costs associated with our LHX NeXt program and repurchases under our share repurchase program.
Purchase of Tax Credits under Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”)
The IRA includes a new transferability provision under Section 6418 of the Internal Revenue Code which permits, in certain circumstances, the sale of federal income tax credits generated from renewable and alternative energy sources. During the year ended December 29, 2023, we entered into a binding agreement to purchase tax credits totaling $51 million for the 2023 tax year for a net purchase price of $0.95 per $1.00 of tax credits, allowing us to reduce our 2023 federal income taxes payable by the amount of credits we expect to claim on our tax returns as a result of our binding agreement. We have recorded a liability to the transferor for the amount owed in the “Other accrued items” line of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. We have recorded an income tax benefit of $2 million for the difference between the amount paid or to be paid to the transferor and the reduction to our taxes payable in the “Income taxes” line of the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Funding of Pension Plans
With respect to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, we intend to contribute annually no less than the required minimum funding thresholds. As a result of prior voluntary contributions and plan performance, we made no material contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2023. We expect to make approximately $35 million of contributions to these plans in fiscal 2024, and may consider voluntary contributions thereafter.
Future required contributions primarily will depend on the actual annual return on assets and the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligation at the end of each year. Depending on these factors, and the resulting funded status of our pension plans, the level of future statutory required minimum contributions could be material. We had net defined benefit plan assets of $66 million as of December 29, 2023 compared with net unfunded defined benefit plan obligations of $69 million as of December 30, 2022. The improvement in the funded status as of December 29, 2023 is primarily due to more favorable than expected return on plan assets, partially offset by increased pension obligations resulting from lower discount rates. See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information regarding our pension plans.
Common Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2023 and 2022, $30 million and $45 million, respectively, in shares of our common stock were delivered to us or withheld by us to satisfy withholding taxes on employee share-based awards. Shares repurchased by us are cancelled and retired.
At December 29, 2023, we had a remaining unused authorization under our repurchase program of $3.9 billion.
Our repurchase program does not have a stated expiration date and authorizes us to repurchase shares of our common stock through open market purchases, private transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions or any combination thereof. We have announced that share repurchases will be moderated in the near-term, but the level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board and management may deem relevant. The timing, volume and nature of repurchases are also subject to market conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors and are at our discretion and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. Additional information regarding our repurchase program is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Dividends
Information concerning our dividends is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
_____________________________________________________________________
35
Material Cash Requirements and Commercial Commitments
Current and long-term material cash requirements at December 29, 2023 are as follows:
| Payment Due | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | Total | Within 1 Year | ||||
| Long-term debt(1) | $ | 11,275 | $ | 355 | ||
| Interest on long-term debt | 3,800 | 547 | ||||
| Purchase obligations | 5,975 | 4,444 | ||||
| Operating and finance lease commitments | 1,306 | 182 | ||||
| Minimum pension contributions(2) | 35 | 35 | ||||
| Total(3) | $ | 22,391 | $ | 5,563 |
_______________
(1)Does not include amounts for finance lease commitments.
(2)As a result of prior voluntary contributions and plan performance, we made no material contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2023. We expect to make approximately $35 million in contributions to these plans in fiscal 2024, and may consider voluntary contributions thereafter. In addition, we made no material contributions to our non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2023 and do not expect to make any material contributions to these plans in fiscal 2024.
(3)The above table does not include unrecognized tax benefits of $652 million.
Purchase obligations mainly consist of outstanding commitments on open purchase orders made to suppliers, subcontractors and other outsourcing partners under U.S. government contracts. Our risk associated with these purchase obligations is generally limited to the termination liability provisions within such contracts. As such, we do not believe there to be a material liquidity risk associated with outstanding purchase obligations.
There can be no assurance that our business will continue to generate cash flows at current levels or that the cost or availability of future borrowings, if any, under our CP Program, credit facilities, term loan or in the debt markets will not be impacted by any potential future credit or capital markets disruptions. If we are unable to maintain cash balances, generate cash flow from operations or borrow under our CP Program, our credit facility or term loan sufficient to service our obligations, we may be required to reduce capital expenditures, reduce or terminate our share repurchases, obtain additional financing or sell assets. Our ability to make principal payments or pay interest on or refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject to general conditions affecting the defense, government and other markets we serve and to general economic, political, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors beyond our control.
Commercial Commitments
We have entered into commercial commitments in the normal course of business including surety bonds, standby letter of credit agreements and other arrangements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to the guarantee of future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services to customers or to obtain insurance policies with our insurance carriers. See Note 15: Legal Proceedings, Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes for additional information.
Impact of Foreign Exchange
Our international business transacted in local currency environments was 45%, 43% and 40% in fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021, respectively. The impact of translating the assets and liabilities of these operations to U.S. Dollars is included as a component of shareholders’ equity. The cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment included in shareholders’ equity was a $201 million loss and a $237 million loss at December 29, 2023 and December 30, 2022, respectively. We utilize foreign currency hedging instruments to minimize the currency risk of international transactions. Gains and losses resulting from currency rate fluctuations did not have a material effect on our results in fiscal 2023, 2022 or 2021.
Financial Risk Management
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
Foreign Exchange and Currency. Our U.S. and foreign businesses enter into contracts with customers, subcontractors or vendors that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of such businesses. We use foreign currency forward contracts and options to hedge both balance sheet and off-balance sheet future foreign currency commitments. Factors that could impact the effectiveness of our hedging programs for foreign currency include accuracy of sales estimates, volatility of currency markets and the cost and availability of
_____________________________________________________________________
36
hedging instruments. A 10% change in currency exchange rates for our foreign currency derivatives held at December 29, 2023 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of such instruments or our results of operations or cash flows. This quantification of exposure to the market risk associated with foreign currency financial instruments does not take into account the offsetting impact of changes in the fair value of our foreign denominated assets, liabilities and firm commitments.
Interest Rates. As of December 29, 2023, we had long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations. The fair value of these obligations is impacted by changes in interest rates; however, a 10% change in interest rates for our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations at December 29, 2023 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of these obligations. There is no interest-rate risk associated with long-term fixed-rate debt obligations on our results of operations and cash flows unless existing obligations are refinanced upon maturity at then-current interest rates, because the interest rates are fixed until maturity, and because our long-term fixed-rate debt is not puttable to us (i.e., not required to be redeemed by us prior to maturity). We can give no assurances, however, that interest rates will not change significantly or have a material effect on the fair value of our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations over the next twelve months. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for information regarding the maturities of our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations.
At December 29, 2023, we had long-term variable-rate debt obligations of $2.25 billion under Term Loan 2025. These debt obligations bear interest that is variable based on certain short-term indices, thus exposing us to interest-rate risk; however, a 10% change in interest rates for these debt obligations at December 29, 2023 would not have had a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows. See Note 8: Debt and Credit Arrangements in the Notes for further information.
We have also used short-term variable-rate debt borrowings, primarily under our commercial paper program, which are subject to interest rate risk. We utilize our commercial paper program to satisfy short-term cash requirements, temporarily funding repurchases under our share repurchase programs and funding redemption of long-term debt and acquisitions. These debt obligations bear interest that is variable based on certain short-term indices, thus exposing us to interest-rate risk; however, a 10% change in interest rates for these debt obligations at December 29, 2023 would not have had a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Preparation of this Report in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and backlog as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. While the following is not intended to be a comprehensive list of our accounting estimates, we consider the estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on our judgment, with financial reporting results dependent on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Specific risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs. The impact and any associated risks described in the following paragraphs related to these estimates on our business operations are discussed throughout this MD&A where such estimates affect our reported and expected financial results. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates and the related disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of our Board. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
A significant portion of our business is derived from development and production contracts. Revenue and profit related to development and production contracts are generally recognized over-time, typically using the percentage of completion (“POC”) cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, whereby we measure our progress towards completion of the performance obligation based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to estimated costs at completion under the contract. Because costs incurred represent work performed, we believe this method best depicts the transfer of control of the asset to the customer. Under the POC cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, a single estimated profit margin is used to recognize profit for each performance obligation over its period of performance.
Recognition of profit on a contract requires estimates of the total cost at completion and transaction price and the measurement of progress towards completion. Due to the long-term nature of many of our contracts, developing the estimated total cost at completion and total transaction price often requires judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include: the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance, the cost and availability of purchased materials and services, labor cost and availability and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and penalties) and other forms of variable consideration as well as our historical experience and our expectation for
_____________________________________________________________________
37
performance on the contract. These variable amounts generally are awarded upon achievement of certain negotiated performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets and can be based upon customer discretion. We include such estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
At the outset of each contract, we gauge its complexity and perceived risks and establish an estimated total cost at completion in line with these expectations. We follow a standard EAC process in which we review the progress and performance on our ongoing contracts at least quarterly and, in many cases, more frequently. If we successfully retire risks associated with the technical, schedule and cost aspects of a contract, we may lower our estimated total cost at completion commensurate with the retirement of these risks. Conversely, if we are not successful in retiring these risks, we may increase our estimated total cost at completion. Additionally, as the contract progresses, our estimates of total transaction price may increase or decrease if, for example, we receive incentive or award fees that are higher or lower than expected.
When changes in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the related impact on operating income is recognized on a cumulative basis. Cumulative EAC adjustments represent the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods; revenue and operating margins in future periods are recognized as if the revised estimates had been used since contract inception. Any anticipated losses on these contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident.
EAC adjustments had the following impacts to operating income for the periods presented:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | ||||
| Favorable adjustments | $ | 593 | $ | 454 | ||
| Unfavorable adjustments | (678) | (418) | ||||
| Net operating income adjustments | $ | (85) | $ | 36 |
There were no individual EAC adjustments that were material to our results of operations on a consolidated or segment basis in fiscal 2023 or 2022.
We recognize revenue from numerous contracts with multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the product or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for which we would sell the product or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundled sale with any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.
A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including foreign military sales contracts. These contracts are subject to the FAR and the prices of our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus a reasonable profit margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the products and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also consider our cost structure and profit objectives, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
Certain of our current and former employees participate in defined benefit plans in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Germany, which are sponsored by L3Harris. The determination of projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and the recognition of expenses related to defined benefit plans are dependent on various assumptions. These major assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, termination and other factors (some of which are disclosed in Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes). Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and generally amortized for each plan to the extent required over the estimated future life expectancy or, if applicable, the future working lifetime of the plan’s active participants.
_____________________________________________________________________
38
Significant Assumptions. We develop assumptions using relevant experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each plan. Assumptions are reviewed annually with third-party experts and adjusted as appropriate. The table included below provides the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the PBOs and net periodic benefit cost as they pertain to our defined benefit pension plans.
| Obligation assumptions as of: | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Discount rate | 4.91% | 5.18% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 3.01% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 4.50% | 4.00% | |
| Cost assumptions for fiscal periods ended: | December 29, 2023 | December 30, 2022 | |
| Discount rate to determine service cost | 5.18% | 2.69% | |
| Discount rate to determine interest cost | 5.08% | 2.27% | |
| Expected return on plan assets | 7.46% | 7.44% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 3.01% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 4.00% | 3.50% |
Key assumptions for the Consolidated Pension Plan (our largest defined benefit plan), with 88% of the total PBO as of December 29, 2023 included a discount rate for obligation assumptions of 4.92%, a cash balance interest crediting rate of 4.50% and expected return on plan assets of 7.50% for fiscal 2023, which is being maintained at 7.50% for fiscal 2024. There is also a frozen pension equity benefit that assumes a 4.25% interest crediting rate.
Expected Return on Plan Assets. Substantially all of our plan assets are managed on a commingled basis in a master investment trust. We determine our expected return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, we consider the plan’s actual historical annual return on assets over the past 15, 20 and 25 years and historical broad market returns over long-term time frames based on our strategic allocation, which is detailed in Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes. Future returns are based on independent estimates of long-term asset class returns. Based on this approach, the weighted average long-term annual rate of return on assets was estimated to be 7.46% for both fiscal 2023 and 2024.
Discount Rate. The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of expected future benefit payments at the measurement date. An increase in the discount rate decreases the present value of PBO and generally increases pension expense. A decrease in the discount rate increases the present value of the PBO and generally decreases pension expense. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate is determined by considering an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty years, developed by the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop a single discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Pension Expense. A 25 basis point change in the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets and discount rate would have the following effect on the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans’ pension expense for the next twelve months:
| Increase/(Decrease) in Pension Expense | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 25 Basis Point Increase | 25 Basis Point Decrease | ||||
| Long-term rate of return on assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | (21) | $ | 21 | ||
| Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | 9 | $ | (9) |
PBO. Funded status is derived by subtracting the respective year-end values of the PBO from the fair value of plan assets. The sensitivity of the PBO to changes in the discount rate varies depending on the magnitude and direction of the change in the discount rate. We estimate that a decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate of the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would increase the PBO by approximately $190 million and an increase of 25 basis points would decrease the PBO by approximately $182 million.
_____________________________________________________________________
39
Fair Value of Plan Assets. The plan assets of our defined benefit plans comprise a broad range of investments, including domestic and international equity securities, fixed income investments, interests in private equity and hedge funds and cash and cash equivalents.
A portion of our defined benefit plans’ asset portfolio is comprised of investments in private equity and hedge funds. The private equity and hedge fund investments are generally measured using the valuation of the underlying investments or at net asset value (“NAV”). However, in certain instances, the values reported by the asset managers were not current at the measurement date. Consequently, we have estimated adjustments to the last reported value where necessary to measure the assets at fair value at the measurement date. These adjustments consider information received from the asset managers, as well as general market information. Asset values for other positions were generally measured using market observable prices. See Note 9: Retirement Benefits in the Notes for further information.
Goodwill
We test our goodwill for impairment annually as of the first business day of our fourth fiscal quarter, which was October 2, 2023 for fiscal 2023, or under certain circumstances more frequently, such as when events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment or when we reorganize our reporting structure such that the composition of one or more of our reporting units is affected. We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the Company referred to as the reporting unit, which is our business segment level or one level below the business segment. Some of our segments are comprised of several reporting units. Allocation of goodwill to several reporting units could make it more likely that we will have an impairment charge in the future. An impairment charge to any one of our reporting units could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. To test goodwill for impairment, we may perform both qualitative and quantitative assessments. If we elect to perform a qualitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we evaluate events and circumstances impacting the reporting unit to determine the probability that goodwill is impaired. If we determine it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment.
Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These factors include: (i) deterioration in the general economy; (ii) deterioration in the environment in which the Company operates; (iii) increase in materials, labor or other costs; (iv) negative or declining cash flows; (v) changes in management, changes in strategy or significant litigation; (vi) changes in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an expectation of disposing all or a portion of the reporting unit; or (vii) a sustained decrease in share price.
If we perform a quantitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we calculate the fair value of that reporting unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. We estimate fair values of our reporting units based on projected cash flows. Values derived from projected cash flows are corroborated through review of revenue and/or earnings multiples applied to the latest twelve months’ revenue and earnings of our reporting units. Projected cash flows are based on our best estimate of future revenues, operating costs and balance sheet metrics reflecting our view of the financial and market conditions of the underlying business; and the resulting cash flows are discounted using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk in the forecasted cash flows. The revenues and earnings multiples applied to the revenues and earnings of our reporting units are based on current multiples of revenues and earnings for similar businesses, and based on revenues and earnings multiples paid for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made in the marketplace. We then assess whether any implied control premium, based on a comparison of fair value based purely on our stock price and outstanding shares with fair value determined by using all of the above-described models, is reasonable. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fiscal 2023 Impairment Tests. We performed our annual impairment test of all of our reporting units’ goodwill as of September 30, 2023 and concluded that for each of our reporting units no impairment existed.
Segment reorganization. Effective in fiscal 2023, we adjusted our reporting to better align our businesses and transferred our ADG business (a reporting unit) from our IMS segment to our SAS segment (also a reporting unit). In connection with the realignment, we reduced our reporting units from nine to eight as the ADG reporting unit and all $327 million of associated goodwill was absorbed by our existing SAS reporting unit given the economic similarities of the two reporting units. Immediately before the realignment, we performed a qualitative impairment assessment over our SAS reporting unit and a quantitative impairment assessment over our ADG reporting unit. Immediately after the realignment, we performed a quantitative impairment assessment over the SAS reporting unit. We
_____________________________________________________________________
40
prepared estimates of the fair value of our pre-realignment ADG reporting unit and post-realignment SAS reporting unit based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions and an income-based valuation technique using projected discounted cash flows. These assessments indicated no impairment existed either before or after the realignment.
CAS Disposal Group Pending Divestiture. As described in more detail in Note 13: Acquisitions, Divestitures and Asset Sales, on November 27, 2023, we announced that we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our CAS disposal group, which includes both the CTS and Commercial Aviation reporting units. As of November 27, 2023, the fair value less costs to sell the CAS disposal group is $834 million, inclusive of considerations related to noncontrolling interest and accumulated other comprehensive income.
The CAS disposal group includes both the Commercial Training Solutions (“CTS”) and Commercial Aviation reporting units. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2023, we evaluated the facts and circumstances which impacted the agreed upon selling price of the CAS disposal group and identified interim indicators of impairment within both reporting units subsequent to our annual impairment testing date of October 2, 2023. Specifically, supply chain-related operational challenges which negatively impact cash flows over the short-term forecast period were assessed in combination with our long-term portfolio shaping strategy to dispose of non-core businesses. As a result, we performed quantitative impairment tests for both reporting units as of November 27, 2023, utilizing an income approach aligned to market prices for the two reporting units, as specified in the definitive agreement. As a result of these tests, we determined that the fair value of the CTS reporting unit was above carrying value, while the fair value of the Commercial Avionics reporting unit was below its carrying value, and concluded goodwill related to the Commercial Aviation reporting unit was impaired. Therefore we recorded a non-cash charge for impairment of $296 million associated with the Commercial Aviation reporting unit in the “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
At-risk goodwill. Based on the annual impairment testing, our Broadband reporting unit had clearance of approximately 20% and goodwill of $2,656 million and our ISR and Electro Optical reporting units had clearances of approximately 6% and goodwill of $3,186 million and $2,193 million, respectively. An impairment of goodwill could result from a number of circumstances, including different assumptions used in determining the fair value of the reporting units; changes to U.S. Government spending priorities or ability to win competitively awarded contracts; an inability to meet our forecast; the rescission of significant contract awards as a result of competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us; or an increase in interest rates without a corresponding increase in future revenue.
Fiscal 2022 Impairment Tests. For information related to fiscal 2022 impairment tests and resulting impairments see Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes.
Goodwill-Related Fair Value Estimates. Fair value determinations described above under the heading “Goodwill” in this Critical Accounting Estimates section of this MD&A were determined based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions, and projected discounted cash flows. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. Material changes in these estimates could occur and result in additional impairments in future periods.
Business Combinations
We follow the acquisition method of accounting to record identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized in connection with acquired businesses at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition.
Identifiable intangible assets from business combinations are recognized at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition and consist of customer relationships, developed technology and trade names. Determination of the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets requires judgment. The fair value of intangible assets is estimated using the relief from royalty method for the acquired developed technology and trade names and the multi-period excess earnings method for the acquired customer relationships. Both of these fair value methods are income-based valuation approaches, which require judgment to estimate appropriate discount rates, royalty rates related to the developed technology and trade name intangible assets, revenue growth attributable to the intangible assets and remaining useful lives. Finite-lived identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives, generally ranging from two to twenty seven years. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with the TDL and AJRD acquisitions was $755 million and $2,840 million, respectively. See Note 13: Acquisitions, Divestitures and Asset Sales and Note 6: Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Notes for additional information.
_____________________________________________________________________
41
Income Taxes
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. We have not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine our tax valuation allowances during fiscal 2023.
Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 29, 2023 included deferred tax assets of $91 million and deferred tax liabilities of $815 million. For all jurisdictions in which we have net deferred tax assets, we expect that our existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future taxable income needed to realize these tax assets. Our valuation allowance related to deferred income taxes, which is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $240 million as of December 29, 2023. Although we make reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of our deferred tax assets, if we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions, or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the potential impact of tax planning strategies changes, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.
The evaluation of tax positions taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, involves inherent uncertainty and requires the use of judgment. We evaluate our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances as of the reporting date. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% probability of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority, assuming the taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we do not recognize a tax benefit in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 29, 2023, we had $652 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $509 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized.
It is reasonably possible that there could be a significant change to our unrecognized tax benefits during the course of the next twelve months as ongoing tax examinations continue, other tax examinations commence or various statutes of limitations expire. However, an estimate of the range of possible changes is not practicable for the remaining unrecognized tax benefits because of the significant number of jurisdictions in which we do business and the number of open tax periods under various states of examination. See Note 7: Income Taxes in the Notes for additional information.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
There have been no new accounting pronouncements which became effective during fiscal 2023 that have had a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
The following are some of the factors we believe could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results or our current expectations or projections. Other factors besides those listed here also could adversely affect us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report for more information regarding factors that might cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Report.
•We depend on winning business in competitive markets from U.S. Government customers for a significant portion of our revenue.
•A reduction in U.S. Government funding or a change in U.S. Government spending priorities could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Our results of operations and cash flows are substantially affected by our mix of fixed-price, cost-plus and time-and-material type contracts. Our fixed-price contracts, particularly those for development programs,
_____________________________________________________________________
42
could subject us to losses in the event of cost overruns or a significant increase in or sustained period of increased inflation.
•We depend significantly on U.S. Government contracts, which generally are subject to immediate termination and heavily regulated and audited. The application or impact of regulations, unilateral government action, termination or negative audit findings for one or more of these contracts could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We participate in markets that are often subject to uncertain economic conditions, which makes it difficult to estimate growth in our markets and, as a result, future income and expenditures.
•We cannot predict the consequences of future geo-political events, but they may adversely affect the markets in which we operate, our ability to insure against risks, our operations or our profitability.
•We are subject to government investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We derive a significant portion of our revenue from international operations and are subject to the risks of doing business internationally.
•We depend on our subcontractors and suppliers to provide materials, components, subsystems and services for many of our products and services, and failures in or disruptions to our supply chain could cause our products and or services to be produced or delivered in an untimely or unsatisfactory manner.
•We must attract and retain key employees, and any failure to do so could seriously harm us.
•We could be negatively impacted by a security breach, through cyber-attack, cyber intrusion, insider threats or otherwise, or other significant disruption of our IT networks and related systems or of those we operate for certain of our customers.
•Our future success will depend on our ability to develop new products and services and technologies that achieve market acceptance in our current and future markets.
•We have significant operations in locations that could be materially and adversely impacted in the event of a natural disaster or other significant disruption.
•With our acquisition of AJRD, there is increased risk of the release, unplanned ignition, explosion, or improper handling of dangerous materials used in our business, which could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our financial results.
•Failure to achieve the expected results of LHX NeXt could adversely affect our future financial condition and results of operations.
•Our level of indebtedness and our ability to make payments on or service our indebtedness and our unfunded defined benefit plans liability may materially adversely affect our financial and operating activities or our ability to incur additional debt.
•The level of returns on defined benefit plan assets, changes in interest rates and other factors could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Changes in our effective tax rate or additional tax exposures may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
•We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses to conduct certain operations abroad, and Congress may prevent proposed sales to certain foreign governments.
•Unforeseen environmental issues, including regulations related to GHG emissions or change in customer sentiment related to environmental sustainability, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Our reputation and ability to do business may be impacted by the improper conduct of our employees, agents or business partners.
•The outcome of litigation or arbitration in which we are involved from time to time is unpredictable, and an adverse decision in any such matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Third parties have claimed in the past, and may claim in the future, that we are infringing directly or indirectly upon their intellectual property rights, and third parties may infringe upon our intellectual property rights.
•We face certain significant risk exposures and potential liabilities that may not be covered adequately by insurance or indemnity.
•Challenges arising from the expanded operations related to the acquisition of AJRD may affect our future results.
•Strategic transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, involve significant risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
_____________________________________________________________________
43
•Changes in future business or other market conditions could cause business investments and/or recorded goodwill or other intangible assets to become impaired, resulting in substantial losses and write-downs that would materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000202058-23-000014.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
OVERVIEW
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations for fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020. This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our future results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below in this MD&A under “Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that May Affect Future Results.”
We are a Trusted Disruptor for the global aerospace and defense industry. With customers’ mission-critical needs in mind, we deliver end-to-end technology solutions connecting the space, air, land, sea and cyber domains. We support government and commercial customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being
_____________________________________________________________________
29
various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government and their prime contractors. Our products and services have defense and civil government applications, as well as commercial applications. As of December 30, 2022, we had approximately 46,000 employees, including approximately 20,000 engineers and scientists. We generally sell directly to our customers, and we utilize agents and intermediaries to sell and market some products and services, especially in international markets.
We structure our operations primarily around the products and services we sell and the markets we serve, and we report the financial results of our continuing operations in the three operating segments: Integrated Mission Systems, Space & Airborne Systems and Communication Systems. Our operating segments are also our reportable segments and are referred to as our business segments. See Note 24: Business Segments in the Notes for further information regarding our business segments, including how we define segment operating income or loss.
U.S. and International Budget Environment
Our largest customers are various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government — the percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 74%, 75% and 78%, in fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For the 2023 GFY, which began on October 1, 2022, the President’s budget request (“PBR”) proposed $773 billion of DoD funding, a 4% increase above the amount enacted for the 2022 GFY, and the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on Defense has supported a $37 billion increase to the PBR, representing a 9% increase year over year. On December 29, 2022, a 2023 GFY DoD budget of $817 billion was enacted. Many of L3Harris’ offerings are supported in the 2023 GFY DoD budget, including responsive satellites, ISR aircraft, tactical communications, networked maritime systems and classified cyber solutions, however, we continue to monitor the political and budget environments and we can give no assurances on the extent of future orders.
In international markets, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) continues to evolve its strategy on multiple levels. Several countries, including Finland and Sweden, are pursuing NATO membership, while existing NATO members such as the U.K. and France have in recent months committed to increased spending beyond the 2% of gross domestic product target. Recently, additional countries, such as Japan, have followed similar paths with expanded defense budgets. The expectation of increased spending in international markets provides us with the opportunity to offer a range of solutions to international customers, but international sales remain dependent on economic, social and political conditions that may differ from those in the United States as well as changes in export controls and other trade regulations in the United States.
Even with the increases in expected DoD budget proposals and with the overall demand environment both in the U.S. and internationally reflecting the conflict in Ukraine and geopolitical tensions, changes to U.S. Government spending priorities have and could in the future impact our business. A decline in demand for fuzing and ordnance systems due to reduced U.S. Government spending for precision weapons was largely responsible for charges for impairment of goodwill in our IMS segment. See Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for further information. Other changes in spending priorities in the future could adversely affect our existing programs and future contracts and impact our financial condition and results of operations.
For a discussion of U.S. Government funding risks and international business risks see “Item 1. Business - Principal Customers: Government Contracts,” “Item 1. Business - International Business,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Report.
Economic Environment
The macroeconomic environment continues to present challenges, which have impacted and may continue to impact our future results. Rising inflation in the U.S. has led to higher costs. The ongoing uncertainty related to the impacts of inflation, as well as increased interest rates, which raises the cost of borrowing for the Federal government, could in the future impact U.S. Government spending priorities and the demand for our products. Higher interest rates have also had an impact on the fair value of our reporting units and contributed to charges for impairment of goodwill at our IMS and CS segments. See Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for further information.
To the extent feasible, we have consistently followed the practice of adjusting our prices to reflect the impact of inflation on salaries and fringe benefits for employees and the cost of purchased materials and services; our fixed-price contracts could subject us to losses in the event of cost overruns or a significant increase in or a sustained period of increased inflation. Management has worked to mitigate supply chain disruptions and labor mobility challenges, with modest improvements in the supply chain during the second half of fiscal 2022 for Tactical Communications, our largest product-based business, and increasing stability in labor mobility and employee
_____________________________________________________________________
30
attrition. However due to uncertainty in the current environment, there can be no assurances that we will not see further impacts in our financial condition and results of operations.
Acquisition of TDL Product Line
On October 3, 2022, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the TDL product line for a purchase price of approximately $1.96 billion, subject to customary adjustments. The acquisition was completed subsequent to fiscal 2022 year-end on January 3, 2023. We used third-party debt borrowings under a new $2.25 billion three-year senior unsecured term loan facility, the Term Loan 2025, to finance the acquisition. The purchase of the TDL product line will enhance our networking capability and provide immediate access to the ubiquitous Link 16 waveform, better positioning us to enable the DoD’s integrated architecture goal in JADC2. The TDL product line will be reported within our CS segment.
Pending Acquisition of AJRD
On December 17, 2022, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire AJRD in an all-cash transaction of approximately $4.7 billion. AJRD is a provider of propulsion systems and energetics for tactical and strategic missiles, missile defense systems and hypersonic applications. AJRD also provides liquid-fuel engines and propulsion and power systems for in-space crew and cargo transports. Upon closure of the acquisition, we anticipate creating a new business segment. The acquisition is expected to close in fiscal 2023, pending required regulatory approvals and clearances and other customary closing conditions.
Divestiture of Visual Information Solutions (“VIS”) Business
On December 21, 2022, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our VIS business for $70 million, subject to customary purchase price adjustments and closing conditions as set forth in the definitive agreement. VIS, which is part of our SAS segment, provides commercial geospatial software, technology and services used to extract and analyze reliable, accurate and actionable information from geospatial to terrestrial imagery. The transaction is expected to close mid-fiscal 2023, subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.
Operating Performance Assessment and Key Performance Measures
During fiscal 2022, we were impacted by the macroeconomic environment, including supply chain, labor mobility and inflation, which continued to cause significant disruptions and adverse effects on the U.S. and global economies. We continue to implement mitigation strategies to minimize the future impacts of these challenges, including working closely with our second and third-tier suppliers to improve demand management and resilience in our supply chain, efforts to improve retention of our skilled workforce and accounting for inflation uncertainty within the terms of future contracts.
Despite the dynamic operating environment, we believe demand for our products remains strong. Many of our offerings are supported in the 2023 GFY DoD budget, including responsive satellites, ISR aircraft, tactical communications, networked maritime systems and classified cyber solutions. In fiscal 2022, we received several key strategic contract awards across each of our domains, and we ended the year with backlog of $22.3 billion, a 5% increase over the prior year. Also in fiscal 2022, we invested $603 million (4% of total revenue) in company-sponsored R&D focused on technologies that expand our capabilities across our domains.
Executing on our capital allocation strategy, on January 3, 2023 we closed the acquisition of the TDL product line for approximately $1.96 billion, subject to customary adjustments, which will provide access to the Link 16 network and position us to make the installed base of terminals more resilient and relevant, consistent with JADC2 modernization efforts. Additionally, on December 17, 2022, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire AJRD for approximately $4.7 billion, gaining access to new markets in missiles and missile defense as well as space exploration. These unique assets are intended to strengthen our trusted position as an industry leading merchant supplier, providing rapid and innovative solutions to customers, and create long term value for our shareholders.
We reported full year operating cash flow of $2.2 billion in fiscal 2022, and consistent with our shareholder-friendly capital deployment priority, we paid $864 million in dividends and made share repurchases totaling $1.1 billion.
Our strategic priorities continue to be growth, innovation and performance. For fiscal 2023, “Performance First” is our primary focus. We plan to continue to invest, consistent with growth opportunities, and sustain our culture of innovation, but delivering on our commitments to investors, our customers and on every contract we are awarded is paramount. We intend to accomplish this by:
•Relentlessly focusing on program execution and continuous improvement;
•Strengthening the risk management culture that has developed over the highly volatile past three years;
•Seamlessly integrating TDL and closing the AJRD acquisition; and
_____________________________________________________________________
31
•Attracting, developing and retaining the skilled workforce key to our role as a Trusted Disruptor.
We use the following key financial performance measures to manage our business, which are discussed in detail below in the “Operations Review” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections of this MD&A:
•Revenue;
•Income from continuing operations; and
•Net cash provided by operating activities.
We also measure the success of our business using certain measures that are not defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), such as adjusted EBIT, or earnings before interest and taxes, non-GAAP earnings per share, adjusted free cash flow and return on invested capital (defined as after-tax operating income from continuing operations divided by the two-point average of invested capital at the beginning and end of the period, where invested capital equals equity plus debt, less cash and cash equivalents), which may be calculated differently by other companies. We use these measures, along with our key financial performance measures above, to assess the success of our business and our ability to create shareholder value. We believe these measures are balanced among long-term and short-term performance, efficiency and growth. We also use some of these and other performance metrics for executive compensation purposes.
_____________________________________________________________________
32
OPERATIONS REVIEW
Consolidated Results of Operations
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||
| Revenue: | |||||||||||||||||
| Integrated Mission Systems | $ | 6,916 | $ | 7,042 | (2) | % | $ | 6,793 | 4 | % | |||||||
| Space & Airborne Systems | 6,060 | 5,965 | 2 | % | 5,823 | 2 | % | ||||||||||
| Communication Systems | 4,217 | 4,287 | (2) | % | 4,402 | (3) | % | ||||||||||
| Other non-reportable businesses | — | 683 | * | 1,347 | (49) | % | |||||||||||
| Corporate eliminations | (131) | (163) | (20) | % | (171) | * | |||||||||||
| Total revenue | 17,062 | 17,814 | (4) | % | 18,194 | (2) | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of product sales and services | (12,135) | (12,438) | (2) | % | (12,886) | (3) | % | ||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 71 | % | 70 | % | 71 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross margin | 4,927 | 5,376 | (8) | % | 5,308 | 1 | % | ||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 29 | % | 30 | % | 29 | % | |||||||||||
| Engineering, selling and administrative expenses | (2,998) | (3,280) | (9) | % | (3,315) | (1) | % | ||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 18 | % | 18 | % | 18 | % | |||||||||||
| Business divestiture-related gains (losses), net | — | 220 | * | (51) | * | ||||||||||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (802) | (207) | * | (767) | * | ||||||||||||
| Non-operating income, net | 425 | 439 | (3) | % | 401 | 9 | % | ||||||||||
| Net interest expense | (279) | (265) | 5 | % | (254) | 4 | % | ||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes | 1,273 | 2,283 | (44) | % | 1,322 | 73 | % | ||||||||||
| Income taxes | (212) | (440) | (52) | % | (234) | 88 | % | ||||||||||
| Effective tax rate | 17 | % | 19 | % | 18 | % | |||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 1,061 | 1,843 | (42) | % | 1,088 | 69 | % | ||||||||||
| Discontinued operations, net of income taxes | — | (1) | * | (2) | * | ||||||||||||
| Net income | 1,061 | 1,842 | (42) | % | 1,086 | 70 | % | ||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests, net of income taxes | 1 | 4 | * | 33 | * | ||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to L3Harris common shareholders | $ | 1,062 | $ | 1,846 | (42) | % | $ | 1,119 | 65 | % | |||||||
| % of total revenue | 6 | % | 10 | % | 6 | % | |||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders | $ | 5.49 | $ | 9.09 | (40) | % | $ | 5.19 | 75 | % |
_________________
*Not meaningful
_____________________________________________________________________
33
Revenue
As described in more detail in Note 4: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and elsewhere in the Notes, during fiscal 2022, 2021 and 2020, we completed the following business divestitures, which had revenue attributable to them as set forth below:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |||||||
| Revenue attributable to divested businesses(1): | ||||||||||
| Space & Navigation business | $ | 6 | $ | 24 | $ | 21 | ||||
| Narda-MITEQ business | — | 84 | 111 | |||||||
| ESSCO business | — | 23 | 26 | |||||||
| Electron Devices business | — | 167 | 265 | |||||||
| Voice Switch Enterprise disposal group (“VSE disposal group”) | — | 19 | 30 | |||||||
| Combat Propulsion Systems and related businesses (“CPS business”) | — | 142 | 233 | |||||||
| Military training business | — | 205 | 458 | |||||||
| EOTech business | — | — | 48 | |||||||
| Applied Kilovolts business | — | — | 7 | |||||||
| Airport security and automation business | — | — | 147 | |||||||
| Total | $ | 6 | $ | 664 | $ | 1,346 |
_________________
(1)Net of intracompany sales.
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: The decrease in revenue in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to the impact of $655 million of lower revenue from completed business divestitures during fiscal 2021 and supply chain disruptions.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to divestitures within other non-reportable businesses and supply chain disruptions within CS.
See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Gross Margin
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: Gross margin and gross margin as a percentage of revenue (“gross margin percentage”) for fiscal 2022 decreased compared to fiscal 2021, largely due to higher input costs (labor, material and overhead) and supply chain disruptions that adversely impacted program performance, Estimate At Completion (“EAC”) adjustments and a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Gross margin and gross margin percentage for fiscal 2021 increased compared to fiscal 2020, primarily due to integration benefits and operational excellence, $31 million of lower cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold and $12 million of lower amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, partially offset by a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage.
See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
_____________________________________________________________________
34
Engineering, Selling and Administrative Expenses
Major components of Engineering, selling and administrative (“ESA”) expenses were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |||||||
| Company-sponsored R&D costs | $ | (603) | $ | (692) | $ | (684) | ||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles | (532) | (550) | (620) | |||||||
| L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and other expenses and losses | (90) | (134) | (155) | |||||||
| Acquisition-related transaction and integration expenses | (9) | — | — | |||||||
| Pre-acquisition and other divestiture-related expenses | (63) | (66) | (13) | |||||||
| Charges for severance and other termination costs | (29) | — | — | |||||||
| Charges related to an additional pre-merger legal contingency | (31) | — | — | |||||||
| Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment | — | — | 22 | |||||||
| Gain on sale of asset group | 8 | — | — | |||||||
| Major components of ESA | $ | (1,349) | $ | (1,442) | $ | (1,450) |
Business Divestiture-Related Gains (Losses), net
During fiscal 2022, there were no significant business divestiture-related gains or losses. We completed one business divestiture and one asset sale from our IMS segment and recognized a pre-tax gain of $8 million associated with the CyTerra asset sale, which is recorded in the “Engineering, selling and administrative expenses“ line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2022.
In fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, we had the following pre-tax gains (losses) associated with businesses divested, which are included in the “Business divestiture-related gains (losses), net” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | ||||||
| Narda-MITEQ business | $ | (9) | $ | — | ||||
| ESSCO business | 31 | — | ||||||
| Electron Devices business | 31 | — | ||||||
| VSE disposal group | (29) | (18) | ||||||
| CPS business | (19) | — | ||||||
| Military training business | 217 | — | ||||||
| EOTech | — | 2 | ||||||
| Airport security and automation business | — | (23) | ||||||
| Other(1) | (2) | (12) | ||||||
| Total Business divestiture-related gain (loss), net | $ | 220 | $ | (51) |
_________________
(1)Reflects adjustments to the gains (losses) on completed divestitures not shown above, including for fiscal 2020, $12 million for finalization of purchase price adjustments and recognition of a non-cash adjustment related to working capital, which decreased the $229 million gain initially recognized on the sale of the Harris Night Vision business divested on September 13, 2019.
See Note 4: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes for further information.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2022 reflected non-cash impairment charges of $355 million, $313 million and $134 million associated with our Broadband, ADG and Electro Optical reporting units, respectively. Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2021 reflects $62 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the divestiture of the CPS business and $145 million of non-cash charges for impairment of identifiable intangible and other long-lived assets related to the Commercial Training Solutions (“CTS”) business.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2021 reflects $62 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the divestiture of the
_____________________________________________________________________
35
CPS business and $145 million of non-cash charges for impairment of identifiable intangible and other long-lived assets related to our CTS business. Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2020 included $748 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, a $14 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in connection with the then-potential divestiture of the VSE disposal group and a $5 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in connection with the divestiture of our Applied Kilovolts business.
See Note 4: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and Note 9: Goodwill and Note 10: Intangible Assets in the Notes for further information.
Non-Operating Income, net
The components of Non-operating income, net were as follows:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |||||||
| Non-service Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") pension income(1) | $ | 441 | $ | 445 | $ | 389 | ||||
| Equity investment (losses) gains, net | (18) | 5 | — | |||||||
| Impairment of equity method investment | — | (35) | — | |||||||
| Other, net | 2 | 24 | 12 | |||||||
| Total Non-operating income, net | $ | 425 | $ | 439 | $ | 401 |
_______________
(1)Non-service cost components of net periodic benefit income recorded in the “Non-operating income, net” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations include interest cost, expected return on plan assets, amortization of net actuarial gain and effect of curtailments or settlements under our pension and postretirement benefit plans.
Net Interest Expense
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: Our net interest expense increased in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 primarily due to lower interest income in fiscal 2022.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Our net interest expense increased in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 primarily due to lower interest income in fiscal 2021, reflecting lower sales-type lease income due to the divestiture of the military training business on July 2, 2021.
See Note 18: Lease Commitments and Note 13: Debt in the Notes for further information.
Income Taxes
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: Our effective tax rate (income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes) was 17% in fiscal 2022 compared with 19% in fiscal 2021. The decrease was primarily attributable to incremental R&D credits and incremental foreign derived intangible income (“FDII”) benefits claimed in fiscal 2022 as a result of legislative changes in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”) that became effective in fiscal 2022 and the absence of unfavorable divestiture impacts in fiscal 2022, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairments.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Our effective tax rate was 19% in fiscal 2021 compared with 18% in fiscal 2020. The increase in 2021 was primarily attributable to the unfavorable impact of divestitures and a reduction in the benefit of R&D credits, partially offset by the benefit of reduced goodwill impairments in fiscal 2021 when compared to fiscal 2020.
See Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes for further information.
On August 16, 2022, President Biden signed into law the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) which includes implementation of a new 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”), a 1% excise tax on stock buybacks and tax incentives for energy and climate initiatives. These provisions are effective beginning January 1, 2023 and we expect them to be immaterial to our financial results, financial position and cash flows.
Income From Continuing Operations Per Diluted Common Share Attributable to L3Harris Common Shareholders
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: The decrease in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to lower income from continuing operations in fiscal 2022 resulting from the incremental goodwill impairments in fiscal 2022, as further described in the “Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets” discussion above.
_____________________________________________________________________
36
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to higher income from continuing operations and fewer diluted weighted average common shares outstanding, reflecting the repurchases of shares of our common stock under our repurchase program in fiscal 2021.
See the “Common Stock Repurchases” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations
Effective January 1, 2022, we streamlined our business segments from four business segments to three business segments. As a result of the segment reorganization, the Aviation Systems segment was eliminated as a business segment and the ongoing operations that had been part of the Aviation Systems segment were integrated into the remaining segments. Defense aviation, commercial aviation products and commercial pilot training operations were moved into the IMS segment; and mission networks for air traffic management operations were moved into the SAS segment.
The historical results, discussion and presentation of our business segments as set forth in this MD&A reflect the impact of these changes for all periods presented in order to present segment information on a comparable basis. There is no impact on our previously reported consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets, statements of cash flows or statements of equity resulting from these changes.
Integrated Mission Systems Segment
Our IMS segment includes multi-mission ISR systems; integrated electrical and electronic systems for maritime platforms; advanced EO/IR solutions; fuzing and ordnance systems; commercial aviation products; and commercial pilot training operations. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in IMS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,916 | $ | 7,042 | (2 | %) | $ | 6,793 | 4 | % | |||||||
| Operating income | 424 | 866 | (51 | %) | 205 | 322 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income margin | 6 | % | 12 | % | 3 | % |
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to $105 million of lower revenue in Electro Optical from lower volume on fuzing and ordnance systems and other related programs and $53 million in ISR primarily from $262 million of lower revenue on a NATO aircraft missionization program which was mostly offset by newly-awarded program ramps. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $55 million in Commercial Aviation Solutions, largely due to $33 million of higher revenue related to the sale of end-of-life inventory, as well as an increase in pilot training center volume. The funded backlog for this segment was $6.9 billion at each of December 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
The decreases in segment operating income and operating income margin in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 were primarily due to non-cash charges for goodwill impairment totaling $447 million during the quarter ended September 30, 2022 compared with $82 million of non-cash charges for impairment of long-term assets related to our CTS business recorded during fiscal 2021. In addition, IMS segment operating income and operating income margin declined from lower product volumes and an increase in unfavorable EAC adjustments due to labor inefficiencies and program performance, partially offset by the sale of end-of-life inventory and higher volumes in Commercial Aviation Solutions during fiscal 2022.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 68% in fiscal 2022.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with the fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $223 million of higher revenue in ISR, driven by aircraft missionization on a NATO program, $53 million of higher revenue in Maritime, reflecting a ramp on key platforms and $29 million higher revenue in Electro Optical reflecting higher product deliveries, partially offset by $16 million of lower revenue from fuzing and ordnance systems and other related programs and $20 million of lower revenue in Commercial Aviation reflecting COVID-related impacts. The funded backlog for this segment was $6.9 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $7.1 billion at January 1, 2021.
_____________________________________________________________________
37
The increases in segment operating income and operating income margin in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 were primarily due to $527 million of lower non-cash charges for impairments of goodwill and other assets in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 and the absence of $18 million of restructuring charges and other exit costs recorded in fiscal 2020 in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit due to the downturn in the commercial aviation market, as well as e3 and program performance, expense management and integration benefits.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 69% in fiscal 2021.
Space & Airborne Systems Segment
Our SAS segment includes space payloads, sensors and full-mission solutions; classified intelligence and cyber; avionics; electronic warfare; and mission networks for air traffic management operations. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in SAS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 6,060 | $ | 5,965 | 2 | % | $ | 5,823 | 2 | % | |||||||
| Operating income | 735 | 761 | (3 | %) | 762 | — | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income margin | 12 | % | 13 | % | 13 | % |
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to an increase of $261 million in Space, reflecting growth in responsive satellite programs and a ramp on SDA tracking, partially offset by a $139 million decline in our airborne businesses, reflecting transition from development to production on the F-35 and F-18 programs and a $17 million decline in Intel & Cyber primarily due to award timing. The funded backlog for this segment was $4.9 billion at December 30, 2022 compared with $4.7 billion at December 31, 2021.
The decreases in segment operating income and operating income margin in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 were primarily due to a $67 million decrease in net favorable EAC adjustments due to higher input costs and program performance, mainly in Electronic Warfare and Space businesses, and new program ramps, partially offset by a decrease in R&D expenses.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 87% in fiscal 2022.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $176 million of higher revenue in Space, reflecting a ramp in missile defense and other responsive programs and $8 million of higher revenue in Intel and Cyber from classified programs, partially offset by $93 million of lower revenue from airborne businesses, reflecting the transition towards modernization programs. The funded backlog for this segment was $4.7 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $4.6 billion at January 1, 2021.
Segment operating income and operating income margin in fiscal 2021 were comparable with fiscal 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 87% in fiscal 2021.
_____________________________________________________________________
38
Communication Systems Segment
Our CS segment includes tactical communications with global communications solutions; broadband communications; integrated vision solutions; and public safety radios, system applications and equipment. See “Item 1: Business” of this Report for a description of the sectors in CS.
| Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 4,217 | $ | 4,287 | (2 | %) | $ | 4,402 | (3 | %) | |||||||
| Operating income | 667 | 1,043 | (36 | %) | 1,035 | 1 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income margin | 16 | % | 24 | % | 24 | % |
Fiscal 2022 Compared With Fiscal 2021: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to a $176 million decrease in Broadband Communications due to lower volume on legacy platforms and a $62 million decrease in Integrated Vision Solutions primarily from program timing and lower sales volumes. Such decreases were partially offset by a $139 million increase in Tactical Communications due to higher demand more than offsetting supply chain disruptions experienced during the first half of 2022 and a $34 million increase in Public Safety resulting from a continued market recovery. The funded backlog for this segment was $4.5 billion at December 30, 2022 compared with $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021.
The decreases in segment operating income and operating income margin in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 were primarily due to a non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill of $355 million recorded in our Broadband reporting unit during fiscal 2022.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 63% in fiscal 2022.
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $29 million of lower revenue in Tactical Communications, reflecting product delivery delays from supply chain disruptions which were partially offset by the DoD modernization program, $82 million of lower revenue in Broadband Communications, reflecting lower sales on legacy unmanned platforms and modestly lower revenue in Public Safety, partially offset by modestly higher revenue in Integrated Vision Solutions. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $3.3 billion at January 1, 2021.
The increase in segment operating income in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to e3 performance and integration benefits, partially offset by supply chain disruptions and higher R&D investments. Operating income margin in fiscal 2021 was comparable with fiscal 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 68% in fiscal 2021.
_____________________________________________________________________
39
Unallocated Corporate Expenses
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Dollars in millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | |||||||||
| Unallocated corporate department expense, net(1) | 25 | (51) | * | (69) | (26 | %) | ||||||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(2) | (605) | (627) | (4 | %) | (709) | (12 | %) | |||||||
| L3Harris Merger-related integration expenses | (90) | (134) | (33 | %) | (140) | (4 | %) | |||||||
| Acquisition-related transaction and integration expenses | (9) | — | * | — | * | |||||||||
| Pre-acquisition and other divestiture-related expenses | (63) | (71) | (11 | %) | 10 | * | ||||||||
| Additional cost of sales related to fair value step-up in inventory sold | — | — | * | (31) | * | |||||||||
| Business divestiture-related gains (losses), net | — | 220 | * | (51) | * | |||||||||
| Gain on sale of asset group | 8 | — | * | — | * | |||||||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets(3) | — | (125) | * | (132) | (5 | %) | ||||||||
| Charges for severance and other termination costs | (29) | — | * | — | * | |||||||||
| Charges related to an additional pre-merger legal contingency | (31) | — | * | — | * | |||||||||
| FAS/CAS operating adjustment(4) | 95 | 123 | (23 | %) | 135 | (9 | %) |
______________
*Not meaningful
(1)Includes certain corporate-level expenses that are not included in management’s evaluation of segment operating performance. For fiscal 2022, also includes $29 million of income from our deferred compensation plans and $13 million of income from GHG emission reduction projects.
(2)Includes amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with business combinations. Because our acquisitions benefit the entire Company as opposed to any individual segment, the amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired was not allocated to any segment.
(3)For fiscal 2021, includes: (i) a $62 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to our CPS business and (ii) a $63 million non-cash intangible asset impairment charge related to our CTS reporting unit. For fiscal 2020, includes: (i) a $113 million non-cash intangible asset impairment charge related to our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit and (ii) a $14 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to the then-potential divestiture of VSE disposal group, as well as a $5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to the divestiture of the Applied Kilovolts business. See Note 9: Goodwill and Note 10: Intangible Assets in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
(4)Represents the difference between the service cost component of FAS pension and other postretirement benefits (“OPEB”) income and total CAS pension and OPEB cost and replaces the “Pension adjustment” line item previously presented, which included the non-service components of FAS pension and OPEB income. See FAS/CAS operating adjustment table in Note 24: Business Segments in the Notes for additional information regarding FAS/CAS pension adjustments.
_____________________________________________________________________
40
LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND FINANCIAL STRATEGIES
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | $ | 941 | $ | 1,276 | $ | 824 | ||||
| Operating activities: | ||||||||||
| Net income | 1,061 | 1,842 | 1,086 | |||||||
| Non-cash adjustments | 1,067 | 843 | 1,594 | |||||||
| Changes in working capital | (196) | (63) | (119) | |||||||
| Other, net | 226 | 65 | 229 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,158 | $ | 2,687 | $ | 2,790 | ||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities | (250) | 1,394 | 751 | |||||||
| Net cash used in financing activities | (1,951) | (4,413) | (3,112) | |||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (18) | (3) | 23 | |||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (61) | $ | (335) | $ | 452 | ||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | 880 | $ | 941 | $ | 1,276 |
Net cash provided by operating activities: The $529 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to a decrease in net income, excluding the impact of non-cash items, a $133 million increase in cash used to fund working capital, which primarily related to the change in accounts receivable, contract assets and liabilities, inventories and accounts payable from the timing of contractual billing milestones and delivery of products and a $123 million increase in cash payments for sundry taxes including sales and use, property and payroll related tax obligations.
Cash flow from operations was positive in all of our business segments in fiscal 2022.
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities: The $1,644 million increase in net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to a $1,724 million decrease in net proceeds from the sales of businesses and a $33 million increase in cash used for equity investments, partially offset by a $90 million decrease in net cash used for additions of property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2022.
Net cash used in financing activities: The $2,462 million decrease in net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021 was primarily due to a $2,592 million decrease in cash used to repurchase our common stock, partially offset by a $47 million increase in cash used to pay dividends, a $40 million increase in cash used to pay tax withholding associated with vested share-based awards and a $40 million decrease in proceeds from exercises of employee stock options.
Cash and cash equivalents
We ended fiscal 2022 with cash and cash equivalents of $880 million and have a senior unsecured $2.0 billion revolving credit facility that expires in July 2027 (all of which was available to us as of December 30, 2022). As of December 30, 2022, $309 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by our foreign subsidiaries, a significant portion of which we believe can be repatriated to the U.S. with minimal tax cost.
Capital Structure and Resources
We had $7.0 billion of long-term debt, net, including the current portion of long-term debt, net and financing lease obligations, outstanding at December 30, 2022, the majority of which we incurred in connection with merger and acquisition activity. For further information regarding our long-term debt, see Note 13: Debt in the Notes.
2022 Credit Agreement. We have a $2.0 billion, 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2022 Credit Facility”) under a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2022 Credit Agreement”) entered into on July 29, 2022 with a syndicate of lenders, which the lenders may agree to increase by up to $1.0 billion upon our request. The description of the 2022 Credit Facility and the 2022 Credit Agreement set forth in Note 12: Credit Arrangements in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference.
_____________________________________________________________________
41
We were in compliance with the covenants in the 2022 Credit Agreement at December 30, 2022, including the covenant requiring that we not permit our ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to total capital to be greater than 0.65 to 1.00, as defined in the 2022 Credit Agreement. At December 30, 2022, we had no borrowings outstanding under the 2022 Credit Agreement.
AJRD Acquisition. As disclosed in “Item 1. Business - General,” on December 17, 2022, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire AJRD, as described in “Pending Acquisition of AJRD” above. If the transaction is completed, we expect to fund the approximately $4.7 billion purchase price primarily through debt financing.
Short-Term Debt. Our short-term debt was $2 million at December 30, 2022, consisting of local borrowing by international subsidiaries for working capital needs. Our commercial paper program was supported by the 2022 Credit Facility and our prior $2.0 billion, 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility established in June 2019 (the “2019 Credit Facility”) during fiscal 2022. See Note 12: Credit Arrangements in the Notes for additional information regarding credit arrangements.
Long-Term Variable-Rate Debt. The description of our long-term variable-rate debt set forth in Note 13: Debt in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference. On November 22, 2022, we established a new $2.25 billion, three-year senior unsecured term loan facility by entering into a Loan Agreement with a syndicate of lenders. The purpose of the loan is to finance the $1.96 billion acquisition of the TDL product line and the repayment of the $250 million Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 (“Floating Rate Notes 2023”). During the first quarter of 2023, the Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 will be repaid and refinanced as long-term debt through the Term Loan 2025; therefore, the Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 have been classified as long-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 30, 2022.
Long-Term Fixed-Rate Debt. The description of our long-term fixed-rate debt set forth in Note 13: Debt in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference. We anticipate either repaying using cash from operating activities or refinancing our $800 million, 3.85% fixed-rate debt note, which will mature on June 15, 2023.
Receivable Sales Agreements. We have two receivable sales agreements (“RSAs”) with two separate third-party financial institutions that permit us to sell, on a non-recourse basis, up to an aggregate of $100 million of outstanding receivables at any given time. From time to time, we have sold certain customer receivables under the RSAs, which we continue to service and collect on behalf of the third-party financial institution and we account for as sales of receivables with sale proceeds included in net cash from operating activities. We did not have outstanding receivables sold pursuant to RSAs at December 30, 2022.
Given our current cash position, outlook for funds generated from operations, credit ratings, available credit facilities, cash needs and debt structure, we have not experienced to date, and do not expect to experience, any material issues for the next 12 months and in the longer term with liquidity, although we can give no assurances concerning our future liquidity, particularly in light of our overall level of debt, U.S. Government budget uncertainties and the state of global commerce and general political and financial uncertainty. Additionally, provisions in the TCJA require that, beginning in 2022, research and experimental expenditures be capitalized and amortized over five years. In the future, Congress may consider legislation that would defer the amortization requirement to later years, possibly with retroactive effect. In the meantime, we will continue to make additional Federal tax payments based on the current tax law. The impact of this tax law on our cash from operations depends on the amount of research and experimental expenditures incurred and whether the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issues guidance on the provision which differs from our current interpretation, among other things.
Based on our current business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that our existing cash, funds generated from operations, our senior unsecured credit facility, our senior unsecured term loan and access to the public and private debt and equity markets will be sufficient to provide for our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program, the purchase of the TDL product line, pending acquisition of AJRD and repayments of our debt securities at maturity for the next twelve months and the reasonably foreseeable future thereafter. Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2023 are expected to be approximately $275 million. We anticipate tax payments for fiscal 2023 to be approximately equal to or marginally less than our tax expense for the same period, excluding the impact of R&D capitalization and subject to adjustment for timing differences. For additional information regarding our income taxes, see Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes. Other than operating expenses, cash requirements for fiscal 2023 are expected to consist primarily of capital expenditures, R&D payments, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program and expenditures for the purchase of the TDL product line and the pending acquisition of AJRD.
_____________________________________________________________________
42
Current and long-term material cash requirements at December 30, 2022 are as follows:
| Payment Due | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | Total | Within 1 Year | ||||
| Long-term debt(1) | $ | 6,998 | $ | 814 | ||
| Interest on long-term debt(2) | 2,000 | 261 | ||||
| Purchase obligations(3) | 5,402 | 4,327 | ||||
| Operating and finance lease commitments | 1,238 | 156 | ||||
| Minimum pension contributions(4) | 23 | 23 | ||||
| Total(5) | $ | 15,661 | $ | 5,581 |
_______________
(1)During the first quarter of 2023, the Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 will be repaid and refinanced as long-term debt through the Term Loan 2025; therefore, the Floating Rate Notes due March 2023 have been classified as long-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 30, 2022 and accordingly are not included in the Payment Due Within 1 Year.
(2)Does not include interest on Term Loan 2025.
(3)The purchase obligations of $5.4 billion included $629 million of purchase obligations related to cost-plus type contracts where our costs are fully reimbursable.
(4)Amount includes fiscal 2022 minimum contributions to non-U.S. pension plans. Contributions beyond fiscal 2022 have not been determined. As a result of voluntary contributions made to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans during the two quarters ended January 3, 2020, fiscal 2018 and 2017, we made no material contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2022, 2021 or 2020 and are not required to make any contributions to these plans during fiscal 2023.
(5)The above table does not include unrecognized tax benefits of $613 million.
There can be no assurance that our business will continue to generate cash flows at current levels or that the cost or availability of future borrowings, if any, under our commercial paper program, or our credit facility or term loan or in the debt markets will not be impacted by any potential future credit or capital markets disruptions. If we are unable to maintain cash balances, generate cash flow from operations or borrow under our commercial paper program, our credit facility or term loan sufficient to service our obligations, we may be required to reduce capital expenditures, reduce or eliminate strategic acquisitions, reduce or terminate our share repurchases, reduce or eliminate dividends, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing or sell assets. Our ability to make principal payments or pay interest on or refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject to general conditions affecting the defense, government and other markets we serve and to general economic, political, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors beyond our control.
Funding of Pension Plans
Funding requirements under applicable laws and regulations are a major consideration in making contributions to our U.S. pension plans. Although we have significant discretion in making voluntary contributions, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”), and applicable Internal Revenue Code regulations, mandate minimum funding thresholds. The Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act further extended the interest rate stabilization provision of MAP-21. Failure to satisfy the minimum funding thresholds could result in restrictions on our ability to amend the plans or make benefit payments. With respect to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, we intend to contribute annually no less than the required minimum funding thresholds. As a result of prior voluntary contributions and plan performance, we were not required to make any contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2022 and are not required to make any contributions in fiscal 2023 or for several years thereafter.
Future required contributions primarily will depend on the actual annual return on assets and the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligation at the end of each year. Depending on these factors, and the resulting funded status of our pension plans, the level of future statutory required minimum contributions could be material. We had net unfunded defined benefit plan obligations of $69 million as of December 30, 2022 compared with $431 million as of December 31, 2021. The decrease in the unfunded status as of December 30, 2022 is primarily due to decreased pension obligations from higher discount rates, partially offset by decreased plan assets from lower market returns. See Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes for further information regarding our pension plans.
Common Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2022, we used $1.1 billion to repurchase 4.7 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program at an average price per share of $231.46, including commissions of $0.02 per share. During
_____________________________________________________________________
43
fiscal 2021, we repurchased 17.1 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program for $3.7 billion at an average price per share of $215.30, including commissions of $0.02 per share. During fiscal 2022 and 2021, $45 million and $5 million, respectively, in shares of our common stock were delivered to us or withheld by us to satisfy withholding taxes on employee share-based awards. Shares repurchased by us are cancelled and retired.
On January 28, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a new $6.0 billion share repurchase authorization under our repurchase program that was in addition to the remaining unused authorization of $210 million at January 1, 2021, under our prior share repurchase programs, for a total unused authorization of $6.2 billion. On October 21, 2022, we announced that our Board of Directors approved an additional $3.0 billion share repurchase authorization. Our repurchase program does not have a stated expiration date and authorizes us to repurchase shares of our common stock through open market purchases, private transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions or any combination thereof. At December 30, 2022, we had a remaining unused authorization under our repurchase program of $4.5 billion. We have announced that share repurchases will be moderated in the near-term, but the level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors or management may deem relevant. The level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board and management may deem relevant. The timing, volume and nature of repurchases are subject to market conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors and are at our discretion and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. Additional information regarding our repurchase program is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Dividends
On February 24, 2023, we announced that our Board of Directors increased the quarterly per share cash dividend rate on our common stock from $1.12 to $1.14, commencing with the dividend declared by our Board of Directors for the first quarter of fiscal 2023, for an annualized per share cash dividend rate of $4.56, which was our twenty-second consecutive annual increase in our quarterly cash dividend rate. Our annualized per share cash dividend rate was $4.48 in fiscal 2022, $4.08 in fiscal 2021 and $3.40 in fiscal 2020. Quarterly cash dividends are typically paid in March, June, September and December. Additional information concerning our dividends is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Commercial Commitments
We have entered into commercial commitments in the normal course of business including surety bonds, standby letter of credit agreements and other arrangements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to the guarantee of future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services to customers or to obtain insurance policies with our insurance carriers. At December 30, 2022, we had commercial commitments on outstanding surety bonds, standby letters of credit and other arrangements, as follows:
| (In millions) | Commercial Commitment Total | Commitments expiring within 1 Year | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Surety bonds used for: | ||||||
| Bids | $ | 25 | $ | 25 | ||
| Performance | 520 | 387 | ||||
| 545 | 412 | |||||
| Standby letters of credit used for: | ||||||
| Down payments | 317 | 201 | ||||
| Performance | 320 | 174 | ||||
| Warranty | 70 | 52 | ||||
| 707 | 427 | |||||
| Total commitments | $ | 1,252 | $ | 839 |
The surety bonds and standby letters of credit used for performance are primarily related to our Public Safety business sector. As is customary in bidding for and completing network infrastructure projects for public safety systems, contractors are required to procure surety bonds and/or standby letters of credit for bids, performance, warranty and other purposes (collectively, “Performance Bonds”). Such Performance Bonds normally have
_____________________________________________________________________
44
maturities of up to three years and are standard in the industry as a way to provide customers a mechanism to seek redress if a contractor does not satisfy performance requirements under a contract. Typically, a customer is permitted to draw on a Performance Bond if we do not fulfill all terms of a project contract. In such an event, we would be obligated to reimburse the financial institution that issued the Performance Bond for the amounts paid. It has been rare for our Public Safety business sector to have a Performance Bond drawn upon. In addition, pursuant to the terms under which we procure Performance Bonds, if our credit ratings are lowered to below “investment grade,” we may be required to provide collateral to support a portion of the outstanding amount of Performance Bonds. Such a downgrade could increase the cost of the issuance of Performance Bonds and could make it more difficult to procure Performance Bonds, which would adversely impact our ability to compete for contract awards. Such collateral requirements could also result in less liquidity for other operational needs or corporate purposes. In addition, any future disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in financial and insurance markets could also adversely affect our ability to obtain Performance Bonds and may result in higher funding costs.
Financial Risk Management
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
Foreign Exchange and Currency. Our U.S. and foreign businesses enter into contracts with customers, subcontractors or vendors that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of such businesses. We use foreign currency forward contracts and options to hedge both balance sheet and off-balance sheet future foreign currency commitments. Factors that could impact the effectiveness of our hedging programs for foreign currency include accuracy of sales estimates, volatility of currency markets and the cost and availability of hedging instruments. A 10% change in currency exchange rates for our foreign currency derivatives held at December 30, 2022 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of such instruments or our results of operations or cash flows. This quantification of exposure to the market risk associated with foreign currency financial instruments does not take into account the offsetting impact of changes in the fair value of our foreign denominated assets, liabilities and firm commitments. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
Interest Rates. As of December 30, 2022, we had long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations. The fair value of these obligations is impacted by changes in interest rates; however, a 10% change in interest rates for our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations at December 30, 2022 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of these obligations. There is no interest-rate risk associated with long-term fixed-rate debt obligations on our results of operations and cash flows unless existing obligations are refinanced upon maturity at then-current interest rates, because the interest rates are fixed until maturity, and because our long-term fixed-rate debt is not puttable to us (i.e., not required to be redeemed by us prior to maturity). We anticipate mitigating interest rate risk associated with variable-rate debt under the Term Loan 2025 through hedging activities (see Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information). We can give no assurances, however, that interest rates will not change significantly or have a material effect on the fair value of our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations over the next twelve months. See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for information regarding the maturities of our long-term variable-rate and fixed-rate debt obligations.
We use derivative instruments from time to time to manage our exposure to interest rate risk. If the derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, gains and losses from changes in the fair value of such instrument are deferred and included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCI”) and reclassified to interest expense in the period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
At December 30, 2022, we had no outstanding treasury lock agreements (“treasury locks”). In connection with the L3Harris Merger, we assumed two treasury locks that had been initiated in January 2019 to hedge against fluctuations in interest payments due to changes in the benchmark interest rate (10-year U.S. Treasury rate) associated with the anticipated issuance of debt to redeem or repay $650 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.95% notes due February 15, 2021 (“4.95% 2021 Notes”). These treasury locks were terminated as planned in connection with the issuance of $650 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.80% notes due January 15, 2031 (the “1.80% 2031 Notes”) during the fourth quarter of 2020, and because interest rates decreased during the period of the treasury locks, we made a $113 million cash payment to our counterparty and recorded an after-tax loss of $58 million in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” line item of our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The AOCI balance will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the 1.80% 2031 Notes. We classified the cash outflow from the termination of these treasury locks as cash used in financing activities in our Consolidated
_____________________________________________________________________
45
Statement of Cash Flows. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
At December 30, 2022, we had long-term variable-rate debt obligations of $250 million due March 10, 2023, which we intend to refinance under the Term Loan 2025, which was established during 2022. These debt obligations bear interest that is variable based on certain short-term indices, thus exposing us to interest-rate risk; however, a 10% change in interest rates for these debt obligations at December 30, 2022 would not have had a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows. See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for further information.
We have also used short-term variable-rate debt borrowings, primarily under our commercial paper program, which are subject to interest rate risk. We utilize our commercial paper program to satisfy short-term cash requirements, including bridge financing for strategic acquisitions until longer-term financing arrangements are put in place, temporarily funding repurchases under our share repurchase programs and temporarily funding redemption of long-term debt. The interest rate risk associated with such debt on our results of operations and cash flows is not material due to its temporary nature.
Impact of Foreign Exchange
In fiscal 2022, 43% of our international business was transacted in local currency environments compared with 40% in fiscal 2021 and 32% in fiscal 2020. The impact of translating the assets and liabilities of these operations to U.S. Dollars is included as a component of shareholders’ equity. As of December 30, 2022, the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment included in shareholders’ equity was a $237 million loss compared with a $118 million loss at December 31, 2021. We utilize foreign currency hedging instruments to minimize the currency risk of international transactions. Gains and losses resulting from currency rate fluctuations did not have a material effect on our results in fiscal 2022, 2021 or 2020.
Impact of Inflation
The macroeconomic environment continues to experience challenges, including historically high rates of inflation. These macroeconomic factors have contributed, and we expect will continue to contribute, to increased material and labor input costs, among other impacts. To the extent feasible, we have consistently followed the practice of adjusting our prices to reflect the impact of inflation on salaries and fringe benefits for employees and the cost of purchased materials and services. However, our fixed-price contracts could subject us to losses in the event of persistent elevated levels of inflation. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report for more information regarding the risk of inflation to our business. We believe current inflation levels will be persistent in 2023.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Preparation of this Report in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and backlog as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. While the following is not intended to be a comprehensive list of our accounting estimates, we consider the estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on our judgment, with financial reporting results dependent on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Specific risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs. The impact and any associated risks related to these estimates on our business operations are discussed throughout this MD&A where such estimates affect our reported and expected financial results. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates and the related disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Besides estimates that meet the “critical” accounting estimate criteria, we make many other accounting estimates in preparing our financial statements and related disclosures. All estimates, whether or not deemed “critical,” affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Estimates are based on experience and other information available prior to the issuance of the financial statements. Materially different results can occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known, including for estimates that we do not deem “critical.”
Revenue Recognition
A significant portion of our business is derived from development and production contracts. Revenue and profit related to development and production contracts are generally recognized over time, typically using the percentage of completion (“POC”) cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, whereby we measure our progress towards completion of the performance obligation based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to estimated costs at completion under the contract. Because costs incurred represent work performed, we believe this method best depicts the transfer of control of the asset to the customer. Under the POC cost-to-cost method of revenue
_____________________________________________________________________
46
recognition, a single estimated profit margin is used to recognize profit for each performance obligation over its period of performance. Recognition of profit on a contract requires estimates of the total cost at completion and transaction price and the measurement of progress towards completion. Due to the long-term nature of many of our contracts, developing the estimated total cost at completion and total transaction price often requires judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include: the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance, the cost and availability of purchased materials and services, labor cost and availability and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and penalties) and other forms of variable consideration as well as our historical experience and our expectation for performance on the contract. These variable amounts generally are awarded upon achievement of certain negotiated performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets and can be based upon customer discretion. We include such estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
At the outset of each contract, we gauge its complexity and perceived risks and establish an estimated total cost at completion in line with these expectations. After establishing the estimated total cost at completion, we follow a standard EAC process in which we review the progress and performance on our ongoing contracts at least quarterly and, in many cases, more frequently. If we successfully retire risks associated with the technical, schedule and cost aspects of a contract, we may lower our estimated total cost at completion commensurate with the retirement of these risks. Conversely, if we are not successful in retiring these risks, we may increase our estimated total cost at completion. Additionally, as the contract progresses, our estimates of total transaction price may increase or decrease if, for example, we receive award fees that are higher or lower than expected. When adjustments in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the related impact on operating income is recognized using the cumulative catch-up method, which recognizes in the current period the cumulative effect of such adjustments for all prior periods. Any anticipated losses on these contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident.
EAC adjustments had the following impacts to operating income for the periods presented:
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |||||||
| Favorable adjustments | $ | 454 | $ | 620 | $ | 714 | ||||
| Unfavorable adjustments | (418) | (316) | (314) | |||||||
| Net operating income adjustments | $ | 36 | $ | 304 | $ | 400 |
There were no individual impacts to operating income due to EAC adjustments in fiscal 2022, 2021 or 2020 that were material to our results of operations on a consolidated or segment basis for such periods.
We recognize revenue from numerous contracts with multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the good or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for which we would sell the good or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a bundled sale with any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.
A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including foreign military sales contracts. These contracts are subject to the FAR and the prices of our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus a reasonable profit margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the goods and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also consider our cost structure and profit objectives, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.
_____________________________________________________________________
47
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
Certain of our current and former employees participate in defined benefit plans in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Germany, which are sponsored by L3Harris. The determination of projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and the recognition of expenses related to defined benefit plans are dependent on various assumptions. These major assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, termination and other factors (some of which are disclosed in Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes). Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and generally amortized for each plan to the extent required over the estimated future life expectancy or, if applicable, the future working lifetime of the plan’s active participants.
Significant Assumptions. We develop assumptions using relevant experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each plan. Assumptions are reviewed annually with third party consultants and adjusted as appropriate. The table included below provides the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the PBOs and net periodic benefit cost as they pertain to our defined benefit pension plans.
| Obligation assumptions as of: | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Discount rate | 5.18% | 2.75% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 3.01% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 4.00% | 3.50% | |
| Cost assumptions for fiscal periods ended: | December 30, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |
| Discount rate to determine service cost | 2.69% | 2.26% | |
| Discount rate to determine interest cost | 2.27% | 1.80% | |
| Expected return on plan assets | 7.44% | 7.43% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 3.01% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 3.50% | 3.50% |
Key assumptions for the Aviation Products Pension Plan (our largest defined benefit plan, with 87% of the total PBO as of December 30, 2022) included a discount rate for obligation assumptions of 5.19%, a cash balance interest crediting rate of 4.00% and expected return on plan assets of 7.50% for fiscal 2022, which is being maintained at 7.50% for fiscal 2023. There is also a frozen pension equity benefit that assumes a 3.75% interest crediting rate.
Expected Return on Plan Assets. Substantially all of our plan assets are managed on a commingled basis in a master investment trust. We determine our expected return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, we consider the plan’s actual historical annual return on assets over the past 15, 20 and 25 years and historical broad market returns over long-term time frames based on our strategic allocation, which is detailed in Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes. Future returns are based on independent estimates of long-term asset class returns. Based on this approach, the weighted average long-term annual rate of return on assets was estimated to be 7.44% for both fiscal 2022 and 2023.
Discount Rate. The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of expected future benefit payments at the measurement date. An increase in the discount rate decreases the present value of benefit obligations and generally increases pension expense. A decrease in the discount rate increases the present value of the PBO and generally decreases pension expense. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate is determined by considering an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty years, developed by the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop a single discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Pension Expense. A 25 basis point change in the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets and discount rate would have the following effect on the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans’ pension expense for the next twelve months:
_____________________________________________________________________
48
| Increase/(Decrease) in Pension Expense | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 25 Basis Point Increase | 25 Basis Point Decrease | ||||
| Long-term rate of return on assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | (19) | $ | 19 | ||
| Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | 5 | $ | (7) |
PBO. Funded status is derived by subtracting the respective year-end values of the PBO from the fair value of plan assets. The sensitivity of the PBO to changes in the discount rate varies depending on the magnitude and direction of the change in the discount rate. We estimate that a decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate of the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would increase the PBO by approximately $171 million and an increase of 25 basis points would decrease the PBO by approximately $164 million.
Fair Value of Plan Assets. The plan assets of our defined benefit plans comprise a broad range of investments, including domestic and international equity securities, fixed income investments, interests in private equity and hedge funds and cash and cash equivalents.
A portion of our defined benefit plans’ asset portfolio is comprised of investments in private equity and hedge funds. The private equity and hedge fund investments are generally measured using the valuation of the underlying investments or at net asset value (“NAV”). However, in certain instances, the values reported by the asset managers were not current at the measurement date. Consequently, we have estimated adjustments to the last reported value where necessary to measure the assets at fair value at the measurement date. These adjustments consider information received from the asset managers, as well as general market information. Asset values for other positions were generally measured using market observable prices. See Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes for further information.
Goodwill
We test our goodwill for impairment annually as of the first day of our fourth fiscal quarter, which was October 1, 2022 for fiscal 2022, or under certain circumstances more frequently, such as when events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment or when we reorganize our reporting structure such that the composition of one or more of our reporting units is affected. We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the Company referred to as the reporting unit, which is our business segment level or one level below the business segment. Some of our segments are comprised of several reporting units. Allocation of goodwill to several reporting units could make it more likely that we will have an impairment charge in the future. An impairment charge to any one of our reporting units could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. To test goodwill for impairment, we may perform both qualitative and quantitative assessments. If we elect to perform a qualitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we evaluate events and circumstances impacting the reporting unit to determine the probability that goodwill is impaired. If we determine it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment.
Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These factors include: (i) deterioration in the general economy; (ii) deterioration in the environment in which the Company operates; (iii) increase in materials, labor or other costs; (iv) negative or declining cash flows; (v) changes in management, changes in strategy or significant litigation; (vi) change in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an expectation of disposing all or a portion of the reporting unit; or (vii) a sustained decrease in share price.
If we perform a quantitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we calculate the fair value of that reporting unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. We estimate fair values of our reporting units based on projected cash flows, and sales and/or earnings multiples applied to the latest twelve months’ sales and earnings of our reporting units. Projected cash flows are based on our best estimate of future sales, operating costs and balance sheet metrics reflecting our view of the financial and market conditions of the underlying business; and the resulting cash flows are discounted using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk in the forecasted cash flows. The sales and earnings multiples applied to the sales and earnings of our reporting units are based on current multiples of sales and earnings for similar businesses, and based on sales and earnings multiples paid for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made in the marketplace. We then assess whether any implied control premium, based on a comparison of fair value based purely on our stock price and outstanding shares with fair value
_____________________________________________________________________
49
determined by using all of the above-described models, is reasonable. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Fiscal 2022 Impairment Tests. We performed our annual impairment test of all of our reporting units’ goodwill as of October 1, 2022 and concluded that for each of our reporting units no impairment existed.
Segment reorganization. We implemented a new organizational structure effective January 1, 2022, resulting in changes to our operating segments, which are also our reportable segments and are referred to as our business segments. As a result of the segment reorganization, we realigned our reporting units, and immediately before and after our goodwill assignments, we completed an assessment of any potential goodwill impairment under our former and new reporting unit structure and determined that no impairment existed.
Precision engagement business allocation and impairment. During the quarter ended September 30, 2022, we realigned our precision engagement business from our ADG reporting unit to our Electro Optical reporting unit. In connection with the realignment, we transferred $325 million of goodwill associated with the precision engagement business to our Electro Optical reporting unit on a relative fair value basis. Immediately before and after the reassignment, we tested goodwill assigned to each reporting unit. As a result of these tests, concurrently with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2022, we concluded that goodwill related to our ADG reporting unit was impaired immediately before the reassignment and recorded a non-cash charge of $313 million for the impairment in the “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The impairment of goodwill was due to lower sales volume in our precision engagement business, reflecting U.S. Government spending priorities with respect to precision weapons, and higher interest rates. We prepared an estimate of the fair value of our precision engagement business utilizing a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions and projected discounted cash flows.
Broadband, Electro Optical and ADG interim tests. Indications of potential impairment of goodwill related to our Broadband, Electro Optical and ADG reporting units were present as of September 30, 2022. Consequently, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended September 30, 2022, we performed interim tests of each of these reporting units utilizing a combination of market-based valuation techniques, including quoted market prices and comparable publicly reported transactions, and projected discounted cash flows. We determined that goodwill related our Broadband and Electro Optical reporting units was impaired and goodwill related to our ADG reporting unit was not impaired. As a result, we recorded $489 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill ($355 million and $134 million for Broadband and Electro Optical, respectively) in the “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The impairment of goodwill related to our Electro Optical reporting unit was due to persistently lower demand and associated decrease in our outlook for the precision engagement business, and an increase in interest rates. The impairment of goodwill related to our Broadband reporting unit was due to lower volume on legacy platforms, which also resulted in a decrease in our outlook for the reporting unit, and an increase in interest rates.
At-risk goodwill. Because the carrying values of our Electro Optical, Broadband and ADG reporting units equaled their fair values immediately after the non-cash impairment charges recorded during the quarter ended September 30, 2022, goodwill associated with these reporting units remains at increased risk of impairment. The carrying value of goodwill associated with our Electro Optical, Broadband and ADG reporting units was $2,192 million, $1,539 million and $327 million, respectively. Additionally, our ISR and Commercial Avionics reporting units had clearances of approximately 15% based on the annual impairment testing and had goodwill of $3,186 million and $776 million, respectively. An impairment of goodwill could result from a number of circumstances, including different assumptions used in determining the fair value of the reporting units; changes to U.S. Government spending priorities or ability to win competitively awarded contracts; the rescission of significant contract awards as a result of competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us; or an increase in interest rates without a corresponding increase in future revenue.
Goodwill-Related Fair Value Estimates. Fair value determinations described above under the heading “Goodwill” in this Critical Accounting Estimates section of this MD&A were determined based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions, and projected discounted cash flows. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. Material changes in these estimates could occur and result in additional impairments in future periods. For example, if the discount rate used for our impairment analysis’ performed in the quarter ended September 30, 2022 was increased by 25 basis points, the total impairment would have increased by approximately $200 million.
_____________________________________________________________________
50
Business Disposal Group Goodwill Allocation. As described in more detail in Note 4: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes, during fiscal 2022, we determined the criteria to be classified as held for sale were met for the Space & Navigation business and the VIS business. Because the divestiture of these businesses represented the disposal of a portion of a reporting unit we assigned goodwill to the businesses on a relative fair value basis. For purposes of allocating goodwill to the businesses, we determined the fair value of each disposal group based on the respective negotiated selling price (or estimated net cash proceeds, in the case of no negotiated selling price), and the fair value of the retained businesses of the respective reporting unit based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices, comparable publicly reported transactions and projected discounted cash flows. These fair value determinations are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to their use of internal projections and unobservable measurement inputs. See Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes for additional information regarding the fair value hierarchy.
In conjunction with the relative fair value allocation, we tested goodwill assigned to each of the disposal group businesses below and goodwill assigned to the retained businesses of their reporting units for impairment and concluded that no goodwill impairment existed at the time the held for sale criteria were met.
See Note 4: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for additional information.
Income Taxes
We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. We have not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine our tax valuation allowances during fiscal 2022, 2021 or 2020.
Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 30, 2022 included deferred tax assets of $73 million and deferred tax liabilities of $719 million. This compares with deferred tax assets of $85 million and deferred tax liabilities of $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2021. For all jurisdictions in which we have net deferred tax assets, we expect that our existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future taxable income needed to realize these tax assets. Our valuation allowance related to deferred income taxes, which is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $243 million as of December 30, 2022 compared with $257 million as of December 31, 2021. Although we make reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of our deferred tax assets, if we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions, or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the potential impact of tax planning strategies changes, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.
The evaluation of tax positions taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, involves inherent uncertainty and requires the use of judgment. We evaluate our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances as of the reporting date. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% probability of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority, assuming the taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we do not recognize a tax benefit in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 30, 2022, we had $613 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $486 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized. As of December 31, 2021, we had $587 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $488 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized.
It is reasonably possible that there could be a significant decrease or increase to our unrecognized tax benefits during the course of the next twelve months as ongoing tax examinations continue, other tax examinations commence or various statutes of limitations expire. However, an estimate of the range of possible changes is not practicable for the remaining unrecognized tax benefits because of the significant number of jurisdictions in which
_____________________________________________________________________
51
we do business and the number of open tax periods under various states of examination. See Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes for additional information.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
There have been no new accounting pronouncements which became effective during fiscal 2022 that have had a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
The following are some of the factors we believe could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results or our current expectations or projections. Other factors besides those listed here also could adversely affect us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report for more information regarding factors that might cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Report.
•We depend on U.S. Government customers for a significant portion of our revenue, and the loss of these relationships, a reduction in U.S. Government funding or a change in U.S. Government spending priorities could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Our results of operations and cash flows are substantially affected by our mix of fixed-price, cost-plus and time-and-material type contracts. In particular, our fixed-price contracts could subject us to losses in the event of cost overruns or a significant increase in or sustained period of increased inflation.
•We depend significantly on U.S. Government contracts, which often are only partially funded, subject to immediate termination and heavily regulated and audited. The termination or failure to fund, or negative audit findings for, one or more of these contracts could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•The U.S. Government’s budget deficit and the national debt, as well as a breach of the debt ceiling, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We participate in markets that are often subject to uncertain economic conditions, which makes it difficult to estimate growth in our markets and, as a result, future income and expenditures.
•We cannot predict the consequences of future geo-political events, but they may adversely affect the markets in which we operate, our ability to insure against risks, our operations or our profitability.
•We are subject to government investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We derive a significant portion of our revenue from international operations and are subject to the risks of doing business internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
•Disputes with our subcontractors or key suppliers, or their inability to perform or timely deliver our components, parts or services, could cause our products and/or services to be produced or delivered in an untimely or unsatisfactory manner.
•We must attract and retain key employees, and any failure to do so could seriously harm us.
•We could be negatively impacted by a security breach, through cyber-attack, cyber intrusion, insider threats or otherwise, or other significant disruption of our IT networks and related systems or of those we operate for certain of our customers.
•Our future success will depend on our ability to develop new products and services and technologies that achieve market acceptance in our current and future markets.
•We have significant operations in locations that could be materially and adversely impacted in the event of a natural disaster or other significant disruption.
•Changes in estimates we use in accounting for many of our programs could adversely affect our future financial results and condition.
•Our level of indebtedness and our ability to make payments on or service our indebtedness and our unfunded defined benefit plans liability may materially adversely affect our financial and operating activities or our ability to incur additional debt.
•A downgrade in our credit ratings could materially adversely affect our business.
•The level of returns on defined benefit plan assets, changes in interest rates and other factors could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity in future periods.
•Changes in our effective tax rate or additional tax exposures may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
•We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses to conduct certain operations abroad, and Congress may prevent proposed sales to certain foreign governments.
_____________________________________________________________________
52
•Unforeseen environmental issues, including regulations related to GHG emissions or change in customer sentiment related to environmental sustainability, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Our reputation and ability to do business may be impacted by the improper conduct of our employees, agents or business partners.
•The outcome of litigation or arbitration in which we are involved from time to time is unpredictable, and an adverse decision in any such matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Third parties have claimed in the past and may claim in the future that we are infringing directly or indirectly upon their intellectual property rights, and third parties may infringe upon our intellectual property rights.
•We face certain significant risk exposures and potential liabilities that may not be covered adequately by insurance or indemnity.
•We are subject to risks relating to the pending acquisition of AJRD, and acquisition of AJRD cannot be guaranteed to close in the expected time frame or at all.
•Challenges arising from the expanded operations from the acquisition of the TDL product line and the pending acquisition of AJRD may affect our future results.
•Strategic transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, involve significant risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Changes in future business or other market conditions could cause business investments and/or recorded goodwill or other long-term assets to become impaired, resulting in substantial losses and write-downs that would materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000202058-22-000015.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
OVERVIEW
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to assist in an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (“fiscal 2021”) compared with the fiscal year ended January 1, 2021 (“fiscal 2020”) and fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020. For a discussion of our results for the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 (“Fiscal Transition Period”) compared with two quarters ended December 28, 2018, see “Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2020. This MD&A is provided as a supplement to, should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report. Except for the historical information contained herein, the discussions in this MD&A contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our future results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below in this MD&A under “Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that May Affect Future Results.”
The following is a list of the sections of this MD&A, together with our perspective on their contents, which we hope will assist in reading these pages:
•Business Considerations — a general description of our business; the value drivers of our business; fiscal 2021 results of operations and liquidity and capital resources key indicators; and industry-wide opportunities, challenges and risks that are relevant to us in defense, government and commercial markets.
•Operations Review — an analysis of our consolidated results of operations and of the results in each of our business segments, to the extent the segment operating results are helpful to an understanding of our business as a whole, for the periods presented in our financial statements.
•Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Strategies — an analysis of cash flows, funding of pension plans, common stock repurchases, dividends, capital structure and resources, material cash requirements, commercial commitments, financial risk management, impact of foreign exchange and impact of inflation.
•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — a discussion of accounting policies and estimates that require the most judgment and a discussion of accounting pronouncements that have been issued but not yet implemented by us and their potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that May Affect Future Results — cautionary information about forward-looking statements and a description of certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results, or our current expectations or projections.
BUSINESS CONSIDERATIONS
General
We generate revenue, income and cash flows by developing, manufacturing or providing and selling advanced, technology-based solutions that meet government and commercial customers’ mission-critical needs. We support government and commercial customers in more than 100 countries, with our largest customers being various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government and their prime contractors. Our products, systems and services have defense and civil government applications, as well as commercial applications. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 47,000 employees, including approximately 19,000 engineers and scientists. We generally sell directly to our customers, and we utilize agents and intermediaries to sell and market some products and services, especially in international markets.
We structure our operations primarily around the products, systems and services we sell and the markets we serve, and for fiscal 2021 we reported the financial results of our continuing operations in the following four operating segments, which were also our reportable segments and are referred to as our business segments:
•Integrated Mission Systems, including multi-mission ISR and communication systems; integrated electrical and electronic systems for maritime platforms; and advanced EO/IR solutions;
•Space & Airborne Systems, including space payloads, sensors and full-mission solutions; classified intelligence and cyber defense; avionics; and electronic warfare;
•Communication Systems, including tactical communications; broadband communications; integrated vision solutions; and public safety radios; global communications solutions and
•Aviation Systems, including defense aviation; commercial aviation products; commercial pilot training; and mission networks for air traffic management.
32
During the first quarter of fiscal 2020, we adjusted our segment reporting to better align our businesses and transferred two businesses between our Integrated Mission Systems and Space & Airborne Systems segments. The historical results, discussion and presentation of our business segments as set forth in this MD&A reflect the impact of these changes for all periods presented in order to present segment information on a comparable basis. There is no impact on our previously reported consolidated statements of income, balance sheets, statements of cash flows or statements of equity resulting from these changes.
As described in more detail in Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and elsewhere in the Notes, during fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and the two quarters ended January 3, 2020, we completed the following business divestitures (which had revenue attributable to them as set forth below):
| Fiscal Years Ended | Two Quarters Ended | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | January 3, 2020 | |||||||
| Revenue attributable to divested businesses(1): | ||||||||||
| Narda-MITEQ business | $ | 84 | $ | 111 | $ | 57 | ||||
| ESSCO business | 23 | 26 | 14 | |||||||
| Electron Devices business | 167 | 265 | 124 | |||||||
| VSE disposal group | 19 | 30 | 16 | |||||||
| CPS business | 142 | 233 | 93 | |||||||
| Military training business | 205 | 458 | 245 | |||||||
| EOTech business | — | 48 | 27 | |||||||
| Applied Kilovolts business | — | 7 | 9 | |||||||
| Airport security and automation business | — | 147 | 263 | |||||||
| Harris Night Vision business | — | — | 23 | |||||||
| Total | $ | 640 | $ | 1,325 | $ | 871 |
_________________
(1)Net of intracompany sales. See “Item 1. Business” of this Report for more information regarding businesses divested during fiscal 2021 and 2020.
See Note 24: Business Segments in the Notes for further information regarding our business segments, including how we define segment operating income or loss.
As discussed in further detail in Note 4: Business Combination in the Notes, we recorded the following charges at our corporate headquarters in connection with the L3Harris Merger.
| Fiscal Years Ended | Two Quarters Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | January 3, 2020 | June 28, 2019 | ||||||||||
| Equity award acceleration charges, recognized upon change in control | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 70 | $ | — | ||||||
| Transaction costs, recognized as incurred | — | — | 83 | 31 | ||||||||||
| Additional cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold | — | 31 | 142 | — | ||||||||||
| Restructuring charges | — | 10 | 117 | — | ||||||||||
| Facility consolidation costs | — | — | 48 | — | ||||||||||
| Integration costs, recognized as incurred | 128 | 130 | 72 | 34 | ||||||||||
| Total L3Harris Merger-related charges | $ | 128 | $ | 171 | $ | 532 | $ | 65 |
Because the L3Harris Merger benefited the entire Company as opposed to any individual business segment, the above costs were not allocated to any business segment. Most of the costs above were recorded in the “Engineering, selling and administrative expenses” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Income, except for additional cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold and facility consolidation costs. These costs are included in the “Cost of product sales and services” and “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line items in our Consolidated Statement of Income, respectively.
As described in more detail in Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes, effective June 29, 2019, we changed our fiscal year end to the Friday nearest December 31, and the period that commenced on June 29, 2019 was a fiscal transition period that ended on January 3, 2020. References herein to the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 and two quarters ended December 28, 2018 represent the unaudited prior year results for the comparative periods ended January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018.
Amounts in this Report may not always add to totals due to rounding.
33
Value Drivers of Our Business
During fiscal 2021, we made progress executing our strategy of building a technology-focused operating company and becoming a full end-to-end mission solutions prime contractor to drive shareholder value. Despite impacts from COVID, global supply chain delays and award timing, we met customer commitments, delivered organic revenue growth during fiscal 2021, exceeded our target of $320 million to $350 million in net cost synergies from the L3Harris Merger by the end of 2021 and completed portfolio shaping, while continuing to focus on keeping our employees safe.
We received several key strategic contract awards in fiscal 2021, establishing us as a mission solutions prime contractor with our responsive satellites within missile defense and international aircraft missionization within ISR, as well as highlighting our technology and solutions for the contested environments our customers will need to compete and operate within in the future. We also invested $692 million (4 percent of total revenue) in company-sponsored R&D focused on technologies that expand our capabilities in the following areas:
•Spectrum superiority;
•Actionable intelligence; and
•Warfighter effectiveness.
We also completed reshaping our portfolio to focus on technology-differentiated businesses and expanded our future financial flexibility by completing six divestitures and used the proceeds, along with our net cash provided by operating activities, to repurchase shares of our common stock.
Effective January 1, 2022, we have streamlined our business segments from four to three business segments. As a result of the segment reorganization, the Aviation Systems segment was eliminated as a business segment. Effective for fiscal 2022, which began January 1, 2022, we will report our financial results in three reportable segments. As part of this process, we formed an internal entity that will be focused on pulling together innovative solutions and technologies from across L3Harris.
We plan to build on our fiscal 2021 momentum, and together with broad support for our programs across key areas in the DoD budget, expected international growth, L3Harris Merger synergies and a continued focus on operational excellence and innovation, we believe we are well positioned to achieve our strategic priorities for fiscal 2022 and thereafter, which include the following:
•Investing in innovation internally and externally to support sustainable growth and to bring unique technologies to global defense customers;
•Driving flawless execution through our e3 (excellence, everywhere, every day) operational excellence program; and
•Maximizing cash flows with shareholder friendly capital deployment.
During fiscal 2021, we returned to our shareholders $817 million through dividends and $3.7 billion through share repurchases. On February 25, 2022, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a 10 percent increase in the quarterly per share cash dividend rate on our common stock to $1.12, commencing with the dividend to be declared for the first quarter of 2022, for an annualized per share rate of $4.48. In fiscal 2022, we believe revenue growth across our business segments will improve our operating cash flow, which we expect to use to strengthen our portfolio while sustaining a shareholder-friendly capital approach.
Beyond fiscal 2021, we expect three main building blocks will support growth over the next three to five years, although we can give no assurances on this growth. First, we have a portfolio that is well aligned with national security priorities for threats identified in the National Defense Strategy. We have aligned our R&D efforts to extend our position through investments in open architecture, multi-function software-defined technologies, and we anticipate future defense budgets will continue to prioritize spending in the areas in which we are currently well-positioned and investing in new technologies. Second, we are well-positioned to advance our strategy of being a leading non-traditional prime. Third, we expect to leverage our sales channels and capitalize on our strengths domestically to support global modernization efforts and drive growth in international revenue.
Key Indicators
We believe our value drivers, when implemented, will improve our financial results, including: revenue; income from continuing operations and income from continuing operations per diluted common share; income from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue; total backlog; net cash provided by operating activities; return on invested capital (defined as after-tax operating income from continuing operations divided by the two-point average of invested capital at the beginning and end of the period, where invested capital equals equity plus debt, less cash and cash equivalents); return on average equity (defined as income from continuing operations divided by the two-point average of equity at the beginning and end of the fiscal period); and consolidated total indebtedness to total capital ratio. The measure of our success is reflected in our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources key indicators as discussed below.
34
Fiscal 2021 Results of Operations Key Indicators: Revenue, income from continuing operations, income from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue, income from continuing operations per diluted common share and total backlog represent key measurements of our value drivers:
•Revenue decreased 2 percent to $17.8 billion in fiscal 2021 from $18.2 billion in fiscal 2020 primarily due to the impact of divestitures within Aviation Systems and supply chain-related constraints within Communication Systems;
•Income from continuing operations attributable to L3Harris common shareholders increased 65 percent to $1,847 million in fiscal 2021 from $1,121 million in fiscal 2020, primarily due to the combined effects of the reasons discussed below under the caption “Operations Review” in this MD&A; particularly, the reduction of non-cash charges for impairments of goodwill and other assets associated with the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations in fiscal 2020;
•Income from continuing operations attributable to L3Harris common shareholders as a percentage of revenue increased to 10 percent in fiscal 2021 from 6 percent in fiscal 2020;
•Income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders increased 75 percent to $9.09 in fiscal 2021 from $5.19 in fiscal 2020, reflecting the increase in income from continuing operations and lower weighted average diluted common shares outstanding due to share repurchases during fiscal 2021; and
•Total backlog decreased 3 percent to $21.1 billion at December 31, 2021 from $21.7 billion at January 1, 2021. Backlog at January 1, 2021 included $1.5 billion associated with businesses divested in fiscal 2021.
Refer to MD&A heading “Operations Review” below in this Report for more information.
Fiscal 2021 Liquidity and Capital Resources Key Indicators: Net cash provided by operating activities, return on invested capital, return on average equity and our consolidated total indebtedness to total capital ratio also represent key measurements of our value drivers:
•Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $2,687 million in fiscal 2021 from $2,790 million in fiscal 2020 reflecting higher net income more than offset by the impacts of non-cash charges for goodwill and other assets, business divestitures, depreciation and amortization of assets and the change in working capital;
•Return on invested capital increased to 7 percent in fiscal 2021 from 4 percent in fiscal 2020;
•Return on average equity increased to 9 percent in fiscal 2021 from 5 percent in fiscal 2020; and
•Our consolidated total indebtedness to total capital ratio at December 31, 2021 was 26.8 percent compared with our 65 percent covenant limitation under our senior unsecured revolving credit facility.
Refer to MD&A heading “Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Strategies” below in this Report for more information on net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities.
We also measure the success of our business using certain measures that are not defined by GAAP, such as adjusted earnings before interest and taxes, adjusted earnings per share and adjusted free cash flow, which may be calculated differently by other companies. We use these measures, along with our key indicators above, to assess the success of our business and our ability to create shareholder value. We also use some of these and other performance metrics for executive compensation purposes.
Industry-Wide Opportunities, Challenges and Risks
Department of Defense and Other U.S. Federal Markets: Our largest customers are various departments and agencies of the U.S. Government — the percentage of our revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 75 percent, 78 percent, 73 percent and 77 percent in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively.
On December 27, 2020, the President signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, providing annual funding for the DoD and other government agencies. This bill appropriates $635 billion in total DoD base funding and $69 billion in Overseas Contingency Operations (“OCO”) funding. It also appropriates $28 billion for the Department of Energy national security mission and $9 billion for other defense related activities, resulting in total national defense funding of $741 billion for government fiscal year (“GFY”) 2021. (U.S. Government fiscal years begin October 1 and end September 30). In May 2021, President Biden released his GFY 2022 Budget Request. His request includes $715 billion in DoD base funding, $28 billion for the Department of Energy and $10 billion for other defense related activities, resulting in total requested national defense funding of $753 billion for GFY 2022.
Government Oversight and Risk: As a U.S. Government contractor, we are subject to U.S. Government oversight. The U.S. Government may investigate our business practices and audit our compliance with applicable rules and regulations. Depending on the results of those investigations and audits, the U.S. Government could make claims against us. Under U.S. Government
35
procurement regulations and practices, an indictment or conviction of a government contractor could result in that contractor being fined and/or suspended from being able to bid on, or from being awarded, new U.S. Government contracts for a period of time determined by the U.S. Government. Similar government oversight exists in most other countries where we conduct business.
For a discussion of risks relating to U.S. Government contracts and subcontracts, see “Item 1. Business — Principal Customers; Government Contracts” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report. We are also subject to other risks associated with U.S. Government business, including technological uncertainties, dependence on annual appropriations and allotment of funds, extensive regulations and other risks, which are discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Report.
State and Local: We also provide products to state and local government agencies that are committed to protecting our homeland and public safety. The public safety market was highly competitive and dependent on state and local government budgets during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021. Revenue in our Public Safety business sector in fiscal 2020 and the first half of fiscal 2021 was adversely impacted by COVID-related pressures on state and local government customers; however, revenue improved in the second half of fiscal 2021. Future market opportunities include upgrading aging analog infrastructure to new digital standards, as well as opportunities associated with next-generation Long-Term Evolution (“LTE”) solutions for high data-rate applications.
International: We believe there is continuing international demand from military and government customers for tactical radios, electronic warfare equipment, products and systems for maritime platforms, air traffic management, release systems and ISR. We believe we can leverage our domain expertise and proven technology provided in the U.S. to further expand our international business.
We believe that our experience, technologies and capabilities are well aligned with the demand and requirements of the markets noted above in this Report. However, we remain subject to the spending levels, pace and priorities of the U.S. Government, as well as international governments and commercial customers, and to general economic conditions that could adversely affect us, our customers and our suppliers. We also remain subject to other risks associated with these markets, including technological uncertainties, adoption of our new products and other risks that are discussed below in this Report under “Forward-Looking Statements and Factors that May Affect Future Results” and in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report.
36
OPERATIONS REVIEW
Consolidated Results of Operations
| Fiscal Year Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro Forma | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Integrated Mission Systems | $ | 5,839 | $ | 5,538 | 5 | % | $ | 2,783 | 99 | % | $ | 5,360 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||
| Space & Airborne Systems | 5,093 | 4,946 | 3 | % | 4,352 | 14 | % | 4,689 | 5 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Communication Systems | 4,287 | 4,443 | (4) | % | 3,340 | 33 | % | 4,278 | 4 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Aviation Systems | 2,783 | 3,448 | (19) | % | 2,368 | 46 | % | 3,917 | (12) | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Other non-reportable businesses | — | — | * | 102 | * | 23 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate eliminations | (188) | (181) | 4 | % | (89) | * | (170) | 6 | % | |||||||||||||||||
| Total revenue | 17,814 | 18,194 | (2) | % | 12,856 | 42 | % | 18,097 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Total cost of product sales and services | (12,438) | (12,886) | (3) | % | (9,088) | 42 | % | (12,907) | — | % | ||||||||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 70 | % | 71 | % | 71 | % | 71 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Gross margin | 5,376 | 5,308 | 1 | % | 3,768 | 41 | % | 5,190 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 30 | % | 29 | % | 29 | % | 29 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Engineering, selling and administrative expenses | (3,280) | (3,315) | (1) | % | (2,540) | 31 | % | (3,588) | (8) | % | ||||||||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 18 | % | 18 | % | 20 | % | 20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Business divestiture-related gains (losses) | 220 | (51) | * | 229 | * | 229 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (207) | (767) | (73) | % | (46) | * | (46) | * | ||||||||||||||||||
| Non-operating income | 439 | 401 | 9 | % | 286 | 40 | % | 309 | 30 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Net interest expense | (265) | (254) | 4 | % | (204) | 25 | % | (253) | — | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes | 2,283 | 1,322 | 73 | % | 1,493 | (11) | % | 1,841 | (28) | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Income taxes | (440) | (234) | 88 | % | (146) | 60 | % | (189) | 24 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Effective tax rate | 19 | % | 18 | % | 10 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 1,843 | 1,088 | 69 | % | 1,347 | (19) | % | 1,652 | (34) | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests, net of income taxes | 4 | 33 | (88) | % | (12) | * | (24) | * | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to L3Harris common shareholders | $ | 1,847 | $ | 1,121 | 65 | % | $ | 1,335 | (16) | % | $ | 1,628 | (31) | % | ||||||||||||
| % of total revenue | 10 | % | 6 | % | 10 | % | 9 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders | $ | 9.09 | $ | 5.19 | 75 | % | $ | 7.90 | (34) | % | $ | 7.25 | (28) | % |
_________________
*Not meaningful
Because of the L3Harris Merger, fiscal 2020 reflects the results of the combined Company, while the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 reflect the results of only Harris operating businesses for the two quarters ended June 28, 2019 and the results of the combined Company for the two quarters ended January 3, 2020. Due to the significance of the L3 operating businesses included in the combined Company results following the L3Harris Merger, the reported results for fiscal 2020 and four quarters ended January 3, 2020 generally are not comparable. Therefore, to assist with a discussion of the consolidated results of operations for fiscal 2020 and four quarters ended January 3, 2020 on a more comparable basis, certain supplemental unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement information, prepared in accordance with the requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X (referred to in this MD&A as “pro forma”), also is provided (see “Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement Information” below in this MD&A).
37
Revenue
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to divestitures within Aviation Systems and supply chain-related constraints within Communication Systems.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the inclusion of $5.5 billion of revenue (net of intercompany sales eliminations) from L3 operations in operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger) and organic revenue growth in our Space & Airborne Systems, Integrated Mission Systems and Communication Systems. The increase was partially offset by the impact of divestitures and the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations in fiscal 2020.
See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Gross Margin
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Gross margin and gross margin as a percentage of revenue (“gross margin percentage”) for fiscal 2021 increased compared to fiscal 2020, primarily due to integration benefits and operational excellence,$31 million of lower cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold and $12 million of lower amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, partially offset by a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: Gross margin increased in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger). Gross margin percentage for fiscal 2020 was comparable with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 reflecting integration benefits and operational excellence, and $111 million of lower cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold, offset by a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage and $37 million of higher amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger.
See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Engineering, Selling and Administrative Expenses
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in engineering, selling and administrative (“ESA”) expenses in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to $70 million of lower amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, $27 million of lower L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and restructuring expenses and the absence in fiscal 2021 of COVID-related restructuring charges and exit costs recorded in fiscal 2020, partially offset by $53 million of higher divestiture-related expenses and the absence in fiscal 2021 of a $22 million gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment recorded in fiscal 2020. ESA expense as a percentage of revenue (“ESA percentage”) in fiscal 2021 was comparable to fiscal 2020.
Overall Company-sponsored R&D costs were $692 million in fiscal 2021 compared with $684 million in fiscal 2020.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in ESA expenses in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger), $333 million of higher amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, $16 million of COVID-related restructuring expenses and other costs and $13 million of higher divestiture-related expenses, partially offset by $254 million of lower L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and restructuring expenses and a $22 million gain on sale of property, plant and equipment.
The decrease in ESA percentage in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily driven by cost management, operational excellence, integration benefits, as well as lower L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and restructuring expenses and a gain on sale of property, plant and equipment, partially offset by higher amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, COVID-related restructuring expenses and other items and divestiture-related expenses, as discussed above.
Overall Company-sponsored R&D costs were $684 million in fiscal 2020 compared with $504 million in the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
See the “Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
38
Business Divestiture-Related Gains (Losses)
The “Business divestiture-related gains (losses)” line item is comprised of the following pre-tax gains (losses) associated with businesses divested:
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | ||||
| Narda-MITEQ business | $ | (9) | $ | — | ||
| ESSCO business | 31 | — | ||||
| Electron Devices business | 31 | — | ||||
| VSE disposal group | (29) | (18) | ||||
| CPS business | (19) | — | ||||
| Military training business | 217 | — | ||||
| EOTech | — | 2 | ||||
| Airport security and automation business | — | (23) | ||||
| Other(1) | (2) | (12) | ||||
| Total Business divestiture-related gain (losses) | $ | 220 | $ | (51) |
_________________
(1)Reflects adjustments to the gains (losses) on completed divestitures not shown above, including for fiscal 2020, $12 million for finalization of purchase price adjustments and recognition of a non-cash adjustment related to working capital, which decreased the $229 million gain initially recognized on the sale of the Harris Night Vision business divested on September 13, 2019.
See Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes for further information.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2021 reflects $62 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the divestiture of the CPS business and $145 million of non-cash charges for impairment of identifiable intangible and other long-lived assets related to our CTS reporting unit. Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2020 included $748 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, a $14 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in connection with the then-potential divestiture of the VSE disposal group and a $5 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in connection with the divestiture of our Applied Kilovolts business.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2020 reflects $748 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets associated with the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, a $14 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in the quarter ended July 3, 2020 in connection with a then-potential divestiture of the VSE disposal group and a $5 million non-cash charge for impairment of goodwill recorded in the quarter ended April 3, 2020 in connection with the then-pending divestiture of our Applied Kilovolts business.
See Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for further information.
Non-Operating Income
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in non-operating income in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to an increase in the non-service cost components of pension and other postretirement benefit plan income partially offset by a $35 million charge for impairment of our equity investment in a nonconsolidated affiliate recorded in the quarter ended July 2, 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in non-operating income in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in the non-service cost components of pension and other postretirement benefit plan income, reflecting the inclusion of income from benefit plans assumed in connection with the L3Harris Merger.
See Note 20: Non-Operating Income in the Notes for further information.
Net Interest Expense
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Our net interest expense increased in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 primarily due to lower interest income in fiscal 2021, reflecting lower sales-type lease receivables due to the divestiture of the military training business on July 2, 2021.
39
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: Our net interest expense increased in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 primarily due to higher average debt levels as a result of the assumption of $3.5 billion of debt in connection with the L3Harris Merger.
See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for further information.
Income Taxes
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: Our effective tax rate (income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes) was 19 percent in fiscal 2021 compared with 18 percent in fiscal 2020. During fiscal 2021, we benefited from the net favorable impact of:
•Favorable impact of R&D credits;
•Favorable adjustments upon the resolution of certain audit uncertainties; and
•Excess tax benefits related to equity-based compensation; partially offset by
•Unfavorable impact from completed business divestitures.
In fiscal 2020, our effective tax rate benefited from the net favorable impact of:
•Favorable adjustments upon the finalization of our Federal tax returns, primarily due to recently released tax regulations and the resolution of audit uncertainties;
•Favorable impact of R&D credits; and
•Excess tax benefits related to equity-based compensation; partially offset by
•Unfavorable impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment charges.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: Our effective tax rate was 18 percent in fiscal 2020 compared with 10 percent in the four quarters ended January 3, 2020. During fiscal 2020, our effective tax rate benefited from the net favorable impact of the reasons stated above in the fiscal 2021 comparison with the fiscal 2020 effective tax rate.
In the four quarters ended January 3, 2020, our effective tax rate benefited from the net favorable impact of:
•Excess tax benefits related to equity-based compensation;
•The ability to utilize capital loss carryforwards with a full valuation allowance against capital gains generated from the Harris Night Vision business divestiture;
•The release of reserves for uncertain tax positions due to statute of limitations expirations;
•Additional research credits claimed on our prior year tax returns; and
•Favorable adjustments recorded upon the filing of our Federal tax returns.
See Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes for further information.
Income From Continuing Operations
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in income from continuing operations in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the combined effects of the reasons noted in the sections above regarding fiscal 2021 and 2020.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The decrease in income from continuing operations in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the combined effects of the reasons in the sections noted above regarding fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
Income From Continuing Operations Per Diluted Common Share Attributable to L3Harris Common Shareholders
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to higher income from continuing operations and fewer diluted weighted average common shares outstanding, reflecting the repurchases of shares of our common stock under our repurchase program in fiscal 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The decrease in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the combined effects of the reasons in the sections noted above regarding fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020, particularly the non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other assets and other COVID-related impacts in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit associated with the downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, the absence of a prior-year benefit from the gain on the sale of the Harris Night Vision business and divestitures in fiscal 2020, as well as higher diluted weighted average common shares outstanding as a result of 104 million shares issued in connection with the L3Harris Merger, partially offset by share repurchases during fiscal 2020.
See the “Common Stock Repurchases” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
40
Pro Forma Basis Discussion for Fiscal 2020 Compared With the Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020
Revenue
The increase in revenue for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma revenue for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to growth in core U.S. and international businesses, excluding commercial aviation and public safety markets, which more than offset the COVID-related decline. Revenue growth was driven by $257 million of higher revenue in our Space & Airborne Systems segment, $178 million of higher revenue in our Integrated Mission Systems segment and $165 million of higher revenue in our Communication Systems segment, partially offset by a decline in our Aviation Systems segment, due to the divestiture of the airport security and automation business and COVID-related impacts.
Gross Margin
The increase in gross margin and comparability of gross margin percentage for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma gross margin and gross margin percentage for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 reflects integration benefits, higher volume, operational excellence and $111 million of lower cost of sales related to the fair value step-up in inventory sold in the L3Harris Merger, partially offset by a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage in fiscal 2020.
Engineering, Selling and Administrative Expenses
The decreases in ESA expenses and ESA percentage for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma ESA expenses and ESA percentage for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 were primarily due to $262 million of lower L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and restructuring expenses, a $22 million gain on sale of property, plant and equipment and integration savings, partially offset by $105 million of higher amortization of identifiable intangible assets acquired as a result of the L3Harris Merger, $16 million of COVID-related restructuring expenses and other costs and $13 million of higher divestiture-related expenses in fiscal 2020.
Business Divestiture-Related Gains (Losses)
Business divestiture-related gains (losses) for fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 on a pro forma basis included the same items as noted above for fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 on an as reported basis.
See Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes for further information.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Assets
Impairment of goodwill and other assets for fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 on a pro forma basis reflects the same charges as noted above for fiscal 2020 and the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 on an as reported basis.
See Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales and Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for further information.
Non-Operating Income
The increase in non-operating income for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma non-operating income for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in the non-service cost components of pension and other postretirement benefit plan income, partially offset by a $23 million gain on a pension plan curtailment in the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
Net Interest Expense
Net interest expense for fiscal 2020 was largely unchanged compared with pro forma net interest expense for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate was 18 percent in fiscal 2020 compared with a 10 percent pro forma effective tax rate for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2020 was impacted by the same items as noted above for fiscal 2020 on an as reported basis.
See “Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement Information” below in this MD&A for information regarding our pro forma effective tax rate for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
Income From Continuing Operations
The decrease in income from continuing operations for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma income from continuing operations for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the combined effects of the reasons noted above in this “Pro Forma” discussion, particularly the non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other assets in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit associated with the COVID-related downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, the absence of a prior-year benefit from the gain on the sale of the Harris Night Vision business, and divestitures in fiscal 2020.
41
Income From Continuing Operations Per Diluted Common Share Attributable to L3Harris Common Shareholders
The decrease in income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders for fiscal 2020 compared with pro forma income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to L3Harris common shareholders for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to lower income from continuing operations, as discussed above, partially offset by a decrease in our diluted weighted average common shares outstanding from shares of our common stock repurchased under our repurchase program during fiscal 2020.
See the “Common Stock Repurchases” discussion below in this MD&A for further information.
Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Income Statement Information
The following supplemental unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement information prepared in accordance with the requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X provides further information supporting the preparation of the supplemental unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 provided above in the “Consolidated Results of Operations” discussion in this MD&A and has been prepared to give effect to the L3Harris Merger under the acquisition method of accounting. It combines the historical results of operations of Harris and L3 and reflects the L3Harris Merger as if it closed on June 30, 2018, the first day of Harris’ fiscal 2019, and gives effect to pro forma events that are (a) directly attributable to the L3Harris Merger, (b) factually supportable and (c) expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations. The adjustments include adjustments to reflect the sale of the Harris Night Vision business, which is directly attributable to the L3Harris Merger, but do not include any adjustments for the use of proceeds from such sale, because the use is not directly attributable to the L3Harris Merger. The pro forma condensed combined income statement information is provided for informational and supplemental purposes only, and does not purport to indicate what L3Harris’ results of operations would have been, or L3Harris’ future results of operations, had the L3Harris Merger actually occurred on June 30, 2018. The supplemental unaudited pro forma condensed combined income statement information should be read in conjunction with other sections of this MD&A, our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes appearing elsewhere in this Report.
42
| Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| For the Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Two Quarters Ended June 28, 2019 | Two Quarters Ended January 3, 2020 | Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (In millions, except per share amounts) | Historical Harris | Historical L3 | Pro Forma Adjustments | Note Ref | Pro Forma | L3Harris As Reported | Pro Forma | |||||||||||||||||
| Revenue from product sales and services | $ | 3,593 | $ | 5,331 | $ | (11) | a | $ | 8,834 | $ | 9,263 | $ | 18,097 | |||||||||||
| (79) | b | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of product sales and services | (2,362) | (3,875) | 11 | a | (6,181) | (6,726) | (12,907) | |||||||||||||||||
| 54 | b | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (9) | c | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Engineering, selling and administrative expenses | (659) | (824) | 11 | b | (1,707) | (1,881) | (3,588) | |||||||||||||||||
| (228) | c | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 38 | d | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (4) | e | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4 | f | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| (45) | j | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Business divestiture-related gains | — | — | — | — | 229 | 229 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Impairment of right-of-use asset | — | — | — | — | (46) | (46) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Merger, acquisition and divestiture related expenses | — | (45) | 45 | j | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Non-operating income | 94 | — | 23 | j | 117 | 192 | 309 | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest and other income, net | — | 15 | 19 | g | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| (34) | j | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Debt retirement charges | — | (3) | 3 | j | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest income | 1 | — | 8 | j | 9 | 12 | 21 | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense | (82) | (75) | 4 | h | (139) | (135) | (274) | |||||||||||||||||
| 14 | i | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes | 585 | 524 | (176) | 933 | 908 | 1,841 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income taxes | (73) | (87) | 44 | k | (116) | (73) | (189) | |||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 512 | 437 | (132) | 817 | 835 | 1,652 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Noncontrolling interests, net of income taxes | — | (12) | — | (12) | (12) | (24) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders | $ | 512 | $ | 425 | $ | (132) | $ | 805 | $ | 823 | $ | 1,628 | ||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations per basic common share attributable to common shareholders | $ | 4.32 | $ | 3.62 | $ | 3.72 | $ | 7.34 | ||||||||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations per diluted common share attributable to common shareholders | $ | 4.23 | $ | 3.57 | $ | 3.68 | $ | 7.25 | ||||||||||||||||
| Basic weighted average common shares outstanding | 118.1 | 104.1 | l | 222.2 | 221.2 | 221.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding | 120.7 | 104.6 | l | 225.3 | 223.7 | 224.5 |
Notes:
a.Reflects the elimination of intercompany balances and transactions between L3 and Harris.
b.Reflects the sale of the Harris Night Vision business.
43
c.Reflects the net increase in amortization expense related to the fair value of acquired finite-lived identifiable intangible assets and the elimination of historical amortization expense recognized by L3 for the two quarters ended June 28, 2019. Assumptions and details are as follows:
| Weighted Average Amortization Period | Fair Value(1) | Two Quarters Ended June 28, 2019 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In years) | (In millions) | |||||||
| Identifiable Intangible Assets Acquired: | ||||||||
| Customer relationships | 15 | $ | 5,417 | $ | 222 | |||
| Trade names — Divisions | 9 | 123 | 6 | |||||
| Adjustment to engineering, selling and administrative expenses | 228 | |||||||
| Developed technology | 7 | 562 | 33 | |||||
| Less: L3 historical amortization | (24) | |||||||
| Adjustment to cost of product sales and services | 9 | |||||||
| Total net adjustment to amortization expense | $ | 237 | ||||||
| _________ | ||||||||
| (1) As of May 4, 2020, the date of filing our Current Report on Form 8-K. |
d.Represents the elimination of transaction costs, which were included in merger, acquisition and divestiture related expenses in L3’s historical statement of operations and in engineering, selling and administrative expenses in Harris’ historical statement of income.
e.In connection with the L3Harris Merger, on October 12, 2018, each company entered into a letter of agreement with its Chief Executive Officer, to outline the terms of each such person’s role and compensation arrangements following the merger. Amounts shown reflect the increase in compensation expense as a result of these modified arrangements.
f.Reflects the impact of change-in-control payments under certain post-retirement and share-based and deferred compensation arrangements.
g.Reflects the elimination of amortization of net actuarial losses from accumulated comprehensive loss related to L3’s postretirement benefit plans as part of purchase accounting.
h.Reflects the elimination of amortization of deferred debt issuance costs as part of purchase accounting.
i.Reflects amortization of the increase to L3’s long-term debt based on a $172 million fair value adjustment.
j.Certain amounts from L3’s historical statement of operations data were reclassified to conform their presentation to that of Harris. These reclassifications include:
1.Merger, acquisition and divestiture related expenses were reclassified to engineering, selling and administrative expenses; and
2.Interest and other income, net which was reclassified to interest income.
k.Represents the income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments, using the blended worldwide tax rates for L3, in the case of pro forma adjustments to L3’s historical results, and the federal and state statutory tax rates for Harris, in the case of pro forma adjustments to Harris’ historical results. As a result, the combined statutory tax rate used to tax-effect the pro forma adjustments was 25 percent for the two quarters ended June 28, 2019. This tax rate does not represent the combined company’s effective tax rate, which will include other tax charges and benefits, and does not take into account any historical or possible future tax events that may impact the combined company following the consummation of the L3Harris Merger.
l.Increase in common stock due to shares of L3Harris common stock issued for outstanding L3 common stock and in respect of vested L3 restricted stock units and L3 performance stock units. Diluted shares also include the dilutive impact of L3Harris stock options issued in replacement of L3 stock options calculated using the treasury stock method.
44
Discussion of Business Segment Results of Operations
Integrated Mission Systems Segment
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 5,839 | $ | 5,538 | 5 | % | $ | 2,783 | 99 | % | $ | 5,360 | 3 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income | 950 | 847 | 12 | % | 377 | 125 | % | 698 | 21 | % | ||||||||||||||
| % of revenue | 16 | % | 15 | % | 14 | % | 13 | % |
As Reported
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $210 million of higher revenue in ISR, driven by aircraft missionization on a North Atlantic Treaty Organization program, $53 million of higher revenue in Maritime, reflecting a ramp on key platforms and $19 million higher revenue in Electro Optical reflecting higher product deliveries. The funded backlog for this segment was $6.2 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $6.3 billion at January 1, 2021.
The increases in segment operating income and operating income as a percentage of revenue (“operating margin percentage”) in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 were primarily due to e3 and program performance, expense management and integration benefits.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 70 percent in fiscal 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increases in segment revenue, operating income and operating margin percentage in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in segment operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger). Because the Integrated Mission Systems segment is almost entirely comprised of L3 businesses, comparison to the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 segment operating metrics is not meaningful. The funded backlog for this segment was $6.3 billion at January 1, 2021 compared with $5.3 billion at January 3, 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 77 percent in fiscal 2020.
Pro Forma
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $163 million of higher revenue in Maritime from a ramp in manned and classified platforms and $31 million of higher revenue in ISR.
The increases in segment operating income and operating margin percentage in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 were primarily driven by operational excellence and integration benefits.
Space & Airborne Systems Segment
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 5,093 | $ | 4,946 | 3 | % | $ | 4,352 | 14 | % | $ | 4,689 | 5 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income | 970 | 932 | 4 | % | 816 | 14 | % | 873 | 7 | % | ||||||||||||||
| % of revenue | 19 | % | 19 | % | 19 | % | 19 | % |
As Reported
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $175 million of higher revenue in Space, reflecting a ramp in missile defense and other responsive programs and $8 million of higher revenue in Intel and Cyber from classified programs, partially offset by $77 million of lower revenue in Electronic Warfare and Mission Avionics, reflecting the transition towards modernization programs within airborne businesses. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.9 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $3.8 billion at January 1, 2021.
45
The increase in segment operating income in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to e3 performance, higher pension income and integration benefits, partially offset by higher R&D investments and a mix of program revenue and product sales with relatively lower gross margin percentage. Segment operating margin percentage in fiscal 2021 was comparable to fiscal 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 87 percent in fiscal 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increases in segment revenue and operating income in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 were primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in segment operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger), as well as organic growth in Mission Avionics and Intel and Cyber as discussed further below in the “Pro Forma” discussion for fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.8 billion at January 1, 2021 compared with $3.9 billion at January 3, 2020. Segment operating margin percentage in fiscal 2020 was comparable with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 90 percent in fiscal 2020.
Pro Forma
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $317 million of higher revenue in Mission Avionics, driven by a ramp on the F-35 platform, and $70 million of higher revenue in Intel and Cyber from growth on classified programs, partially offset by $107 million of lower revenue in Space and lower revenue in Electronic Warfare, reflecting program transition timing.
The increase in segment operating income in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to cost management, operational excellence and integration benefits, partially offset by program mix, including in respect of newly awarded fixed-priced development contracts. Segment operating margin percentage for fiscal 2020 was comparable with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020.
Communication Systems Segment
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 4,287 | $ | 4,443 | (4 | %) | $ | 3,340 | 33 | % | $ | 4,278 | 4 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income | 1,092 | 1,084 | 1 | % | 836 | 30 | % | 958 | 13 | % | ||||||||||||||
| % of revenue | 25 | % | 24 | % | 25 | % | 22 | % |
As Reported
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to $57 million of lower revenue in Tactical Communications, reflecting product delivery delays from supply chain-related constraints, $82 million of lower revenue in Broadband Communications, reflecting lower sales on legacy unmanned platforms, modestly lower revenue in Public Safety and flat revenue in Integrated Vision Solutions after adjusting for the impact of the divestiture of the EOTech business on July 31, 2020 (which generated $41 million of revenue through the date of divestiture in the quarter ended October 2, 2020). These decreases were partially offset by $19 million of higher revenue in Global Communications Solutions from the DoD modernization program. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $3.3 billion at January 1, 2021.
The increases in segment operating income and operating margin percentage in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to e3 performance and integration benefits, partially offset by supply chain impacts and higher R&D investments.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 68 percent in fiscal 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increases in segment revenue and operating income, and decrease in segment operating margin percentage, in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 were primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in segment operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger), as well as organic growth in Tactical Communications, partially offset by lower revenue in Public Safety and the divestiture of the EOTech business as discussed
46
further below in the “Pro Forma” discussion for fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.3 billion at January 1, 2021 compared with $3.7 billion at January 3, 2020.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 69 percent in fiscal 2020.
Pro Forma
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $268 million of higher Tactical Communications revenue (including Global Communications Solutions), primarily due to a ramp in DoD modernization programs that also benefited Integrated Vision Solutions, partially offset by $84 million of lower revenue in Public Safety, reflecting COVID-related pressures on state and local government municipality customers, and a $21 million revenue impact from the divestiture of the EOTech business.
The increases in segment operating income and operating margin percentage in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 were primarily due to operational excellence, integration benefits and cost management.
Additional Information on Known Trends and Uncertainties
Revenue, operating income and orders in our Communication Systems segment have been, and we expect will continue to be, adversely impacted by supply chain-related constraints. While our customer base remains strong, we expect continued impacts to revenue, operating income, and orders in our Communication Systems segment in early fiscal 2022 with stability in the second half of 2022; however, we can give no assurances and the ultimate extent of the supply chain-related constraints to our Communication Systems segment remains uncertain.
Aviation Systems Segment
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 2,783 | $ | 3,448 | (19 | %) | $ | 2,368 | 46 | % | $ | 3,917 | (12 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating income (loss) | $ | 330 | $ | (177) | * | $ | 325 | * | $ | 503 | * | |||||||||||||
| % of revenue | 12 | % | (5) | % | 14 | % | 13 | % |
_________________
*Not meaningful
As Reported
Fiscal 2021 Compared With Fiscal 2020: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the impact of business divestitures. Segment revenue decreased 2 percent organically in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 primarily due to $20 million of lower revenue in Commercial Aviation reflecting COVID-related impacts and lower revenue due to business divestitures. The funded backlog for this segment was $1.5 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $3.0 billion at January 1, 2021, reflecting a $1.4 billion reduction from businesses divested during fiscal 2021.
The increases in segment operating income and operating margin percentage in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 were primarily due to $527 million of lower non-cash charges for impairments of goodwill and other assets in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 and the absence of $18 million of restructuring charges and other exit costs recorded in fiscal 2020 in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit due to the downturn in the commercial aviation market, as well as e3 performance, expense management and integration benefits, partially offset by the impact of divestitures.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 74 percent in fiscal 2021.
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The increase in segment revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the inclusion of L3 operations in segment operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger). Because the Aviation Systems segment is primarily comprised of L3 businesses, comparison to the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 segment operating metrics is not meaningful. The funded backlog for this segment was $3.0 billion at January 1, 2021 compared with $3.4 billion at January 3, 2020, reflecting a $380 million reduction from the divestiture of the airport security and automation business during the quarter ended July 3, 2020.
The segment operating loss in fiscal 2020 compared with segment operating income for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $635 million of non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets, $18 million of restructuring charges and other exit costs recorded in fiscal 2020 in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit due to the
47
downturn in the commercial aviation market, as well as the divestiture of the airport security and automation business, partially offset by the inclusion of L3 operations in segment operating results for the two quarters ended July 3, 2020 (but not for the comparable prior-year two quarters preceding the L3Harris Merger), principally Defense Aviation operations.
The percentage of this segment’s revenue that was derived from sales to U.S. Government customers, including foreign military sales funded through the U.S. Government, whether directly or through prime contractors, was 71 percent in fiscal 2020.
Pro Forma
Fiscal 2020 Compared With Four Quarters Ended January 3, 2020: The decrease in segment revenue in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $681 million of lower commercial aviation sales, including a $364 million impact from the airport security and automation business divestiture and lower revenue from the downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, partially offset by $189 million of higher revenue in Defense Aviation, from a ramp on classified programs and combat propulsion systems, and higher FAA volume in Mission Networks.
The segment operating loss in fiscal 2020 compared with segment operating income for the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $635 million of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other assets, $18 million of restructuring charges and other exit costs recorded in fiscal 2020 in our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit due to the downturn in the commercial aviation market and its impact on customer operations, as well as a $39 million impact from the divestiture of the airport security and automation business, partially offset by operational efficiencies, integration benefits and cost management in fiscal 2020.
Additional Information on Known Trends and Uncertainties
Effective January 1, 2022, we have streamlined our business segments from four business segments to three business segments. As a result of the segment reorganization, the Aviation Systems segment was eliminated as a business segment. Our new business segment structure reflects that the ongoing operations that had been part of the Aviation Systems segment were integrated into the remaining segments. Defense aviation, commercial aviation products and commercial pilot training operations were moved into the Integrated Mission Solutions segment; and mission networks for air traffic management operations was moved into the Space & Airborne Systems segment.
See Note 27: Subsequent Events in the Notes for further information.
Unallocated Corporate Expenses
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | January 3, 2020 | % Inc/(Dec) | ||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||
| Unallocated corporate department expense, net | $ | (57) | $ | (69) | (17 | %) | $ | 35 | * | $ | (6) | * | ||||||||||
| L3Harris Merger-related transaction, integration and other expenses and losses | (128) | (140) | (9 | %) | (394) | (64 | %) | (372) | (62 | %) | ||||||||||||
| Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles | (627) | (709) | (12 | %) | (339) | * | (601) | 18 | % | |||||||||||||
| Additional cost of sales related to fair value step-up in inventory sold | — | (31) | * | (142) | (78 | %) | (142) | (78 | %) | |||||||||||||
| Business divestiture-related gains (losses) | 220 | (51) | * | 229 | * | 229 | * | |||||||||||||||
| Impairment of goodwill and other assets | (125) | (132) | (5 | %) | (46) | * | (46) | * | ||||||||||||||
| Other items | (71) | 10 | * | — | * | — | * |
______________
*Not meaningful
48
LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND FINANCIAL STRATEGIES
Cash Flows
| Fiscal Years Ended | Four Quarters Ended | Two Quarters Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | January 3, 2020 | January 3, 2020 | June 28, 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
| (In millions) | As Reported | As Reported | As Reported (Unaudited) | As Reported | As Reported | |||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,687 | $ | 2,790 | $ | 1,655 | $ | 939 | $ | 1,185 | ||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 1,394 | 751 | 1,228 | 1,320 | (159) | |||||||||||||||
| Net cash used in financing activities | (4,413) | (3,112) | (2,410) | (1,971) | (781) | |||||||||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | (3) | 23 | 8 | 6 | (3) | |||||||||||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents | (335) | 452 | 481 | 294 | 242 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | 1,276 | 824 | 343 | 530 | 288 | |||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | 941 | $ | 1,276 | $ | 824 | $ | 824 | $ | 530 |
Cash and cash equivalents
The $335 million net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to:
•$2,687 million of net cash provided by operating activities;
•$1,729 million of net proceeds from sale of businesses;
•$97 million of proceeds from exercises of employee stock options; and
•$6 million of net proceeds from borrowings; more than offset by
•$3,675 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock;
•$817 million used to pay cash dividends;
•$342 million used for additions of property, plant and equipment; and
•$13 million used for repayment of borrowings.
The $452 million net increase in cash and cash equivalents in fiscal 2020 was primarily due to:
•$2,790 million of net cash provided by operating activities;
•$1,040 million of net proceeds from sale of businesses;
•$901 million of net proceeds from borrowings, including $650 million in proceeds from the issuance of our 1.80% notes due January 15, 2031 and $250 million in proceeds from the issuance of our Floating Rate Notes due March 10, 2023;
•$91 million of net proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment; and
•$56 million of proceeds from exercises of employee stock options; partially offset by
•$2,290 million used to repurchase shares of our common stock;
•$931 million used for repayment of borrowings, including $650 million used for our optional redemption of our 4.95% Notes due February 15, 2021 and $250 million used for repayment of our Floating Rate Notes due April 30, 2020;
•$725 million used to pay cash dividends;
•$368 million used for additions of property, plant and equipment; and
•$113 million used for payments of interest rate derivative obligations.
We ended fiscal 2021 with cash and cash equivalents of $941 million, and we have a senior unsecured $2 billion revolving credit facility that expires in June 2024 (all of which was available to us as of December 31, 2021). Additionally, we had $7.1 billion of net long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2021, the majority of which we incurred in connection with the L3Harris Merger in the Fiscal Transition Period and the acquisition of Exelis in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. For further information regarding our long-term debt, see Note 13: Debt in the Notes. Our $941 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2021 included $200 million held by our foreign subsidiaries, a significant portion of which we believe can be repatriated to the U.S. with minimal tax cost.
Given our current cash position, outlook for funds generated from operations, credit ratings, available credit facility, cash needs and debt structure, we have not experienced to date, and do not expect to experience, any material issues with liquidity, although, we can give no assurances concerning our future liquidity, particularly in light of our overall level of debt, U.S. Government budget uncertainties and the state of global commerce and general political and financial uncertainty. We cannot predict the on-going impact that COVID, among other potential risks and uncertainties, will have on our cash from operating
49
activities. Additionally, the provisions in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 require that, beginning in 2022, research and experimental expenditures be capitalized and amortized over five years, which we estimate will have an approximately $600 million to $700 million impact to cash from operating activities in fiscal 2022 based on the provisions currently in effect. See Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Report.
Based on our current business plan and revenue prospects, we believe that our existing cash, funds generated from operations, our credit facility and access to the public and private debt and equity markets will be sufficient to provide for our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures, dividend payments, repurchases under our share repurchase program and repayments of our debt securities at maturity for the next twelve months and reasonably foreseeable future thereafter. Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2022 are expected to be approximately $330 million. We anticipate tax payments for fiscal 2022 to be approximately equal to or marginally less than our tax expense for the same period, absent R&D capitalization and subject to adjustment for timing differences. For additional information regarding our income taxes, see Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes. Other than those cash outlays noted in the “Material Cash Requirements” discussion below in this MD&A, capital expenditures, dividend payments and repurchases under our share repurchase program and L3Harris Merger-related integration costs, we do not anticipate any significant cash outlays in fiscal 2022.
There can be no assurance that our business will continue to generate cash flows at current levels or that the cost or availability of future borrowings, if any, under our commercial paper program, or our credit facility or in the debt markets will not be impacted by any potential future credit or capital markets disruptions. If we are unable to maintain cash balances, generate cash flow from operations or borrow under our commercial paper program or our credit facility sufficient to service our obligations, we may be required to reduce capital expenditures, reduce or eliminate strategic acquisitions, reduce or terminate our share repurchases, reduce or eliminate dividends, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing, or sell assets. Our ability to make principal payments or pay interest on or refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject to general conditions affecting the defense, government and other markets we serve and to general economic, political, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors beyond our control.
Net cash provided by operating activities: The $103 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to higher net income of $756 million offset by the impact of a $523 million decrease in non-cash impairments of goodwill and other assets, a $271 million increase in gains related to business divestitures, a $65 million decrease in depreciation and amortization and a $56 million decrease in cash used to fund working capital (i.e., accounts receivable, contract assets, inventories, accounts payable and contract liabilities).
The $1,135 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to the impact of higher income (excluding the impacts of a $721 million increase in non-cash impairments of goodwill and other assets and $461 million increase in depreciation and amortization in fiscal 2020), reflecting the inclusion of cash flows from L3 operations following the L3Harris Merger, as well as a $302 million voluntary contribution to our U.S. qualified pension plans and $278 million of cash used for L3Harris Merger transaction costs, including change in control charges, in the four quarters ended January 3, 2020, partially offset by a $306 million increase in cash used to fund working capital in fiscal 2020.
Cash flow from operations was positive in all of our business segments in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 and fiscal 2019.
Net cash provided by investing activities: The $643 million increase in net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to an increase of $689 million in net proceeds from the sales of businesses, partially offset by a $58 million decrease of net cash used for additions of property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2021.
The $477 million decrease in net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to $1,130 million of net cash received from the L3Harris Merger in the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 and $101 million increase in cash used for additions of property, plant and equipment, partially offset by a $697 million increase in net proceeds from sales of businesses and $91 million of proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2020.
Net cash used in financing activities: The $1,301 million increase in net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020 was primarily due to a $1,385 million increase in cash used to repurchase our common stock, a $895 million decrease in net proceeds from borrowings and a $92 million increase in cash used to pay dividends, partially offset by a $918 million decrease in cash used for repayments of borrowings, a $113 million increase in cash used to pay interest rate derivatives obligations and a $41 million increase in proceeds from exercises of employee stock options.
The $702 million increase in net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2020 compared with the four quarters ended January 3, 2020 was primarily due to a $790 million increase in cash used to repurchase our common stock, a $226 million increase in cash used to pay dividends, a $121 million increase in cash used for repayments of borrowings, a $85 million decrease in proceeds from exercises of employee stock options and $81 million of payments of interest rate derivatives obligations,
50
partially offset by a $504 million increase in net proceeds from borrowings and a $87 million decrease in cash used for tax withholding payments associated with vested share-based awards in fiscal 2020.
Funding of Pension Plans
Funding requirements under applicable laws and regulations are a major consideration in making contributions to our U.S. pension plans. Although we have significant discretion in making voluntary contributions, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”), and applicable Internal Revenue Code regulations, mandate minimum funding thresholds. The Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act further extended the interest rate stabilization provision of MAP-21. Failure to satisfy the minimum funding thresholds could result in restrictions on our ability to amend the plans or make benefit payments. With respect to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, we intend to contribute annually no less than the required minimum funding thresholds. As a result of prior voluntary contributions and plan performance, we were not required to make any contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2021 and are not required to make any contributions in fiscal 2022 or for several years thereafter.
Future required contributions primarily will depend on the actual annual return on assets and the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligation at the end of each year. Depending on these factors, and the resulting funded status of our pension plans, the level of future statutory required minimum contributions could be material. We had net unfunded defined benefit plan obligations of $431 million as of December 31, 2021 compared with $1.8 billion as of January 1, 2021. The decrease in the unfunded status as of December 31, 2021 is primarily due to actuarial gains as a result of the increase in the discount rate. See Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes for further information regarding our pension plans.
Common Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2021, we used $3.7 billion to repurchase 17 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program at an average price per share of $215.30, including commissions of $0.02 per share. During fiscal 2020, we repurchased 12 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program for $2.3 billion at an average price per share of $191.42, including commissions of $0.02 per share. During fiscal 2021 and 2020, $5 million and $4 million, respectively, in shares of our common stock were delivered to us or withheld by us to satisfy withholding taxes on employee share-based awards. Shares repurchased by us are cancelled and retired.
On July 1, 2019, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program authorizing us to repurchase up to $4 billion in shares, replacing our prior share repurchase programs. On January 28, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a new $6 billion share repurchase authorization under our repurchase program that was in addition to the remaining unused authorization of $210 million at January 1, 2021 for a total unused authorization of $6.2 billion. Our repurchase program does not have a stated expiration date and authorizes us to repurchase shares of our common stock through open market purchases, private transactions, transactions structured through investment banking institutions or any combination thereof. During fiscal 2021, we repurchased $3.7 billion of our common stock under our repurchase programs. At December 31, 2021, we had a remaining unused authorization under our repurchase program of $2.5 billion. We have announced that we currently expect to repurchase up to $1.5 billion in shares under our repurchase program in fiscal 2022, but we can give no assurances regarding the level and timing of shares repurchases. The level and timing of our repurchases depends on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board and management may deem relevant. The timing, volume and nature of repurchases are subject to market conditions, applicable securities laws and other factors and are at our discretion and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. Additional information regarding our repurchase program is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
Dividends
On February 25, 2022, we announced that our Board of Directors increased the quarterly per share cash dividend rate on our common stock from $1.02 to $1.12, commencing with the dividend declared by our Board of Directors for the first quarter of fiscal 2022, for an annualized per share cash dividend rate of $4.48, which was our twenty-first consecutive annual increase in our quarterly cash dividend rate. Our annualized per share cash dividend rate was $4.08 in fiscal 2021, $3.40 in fiscal 2020, $3.00 in the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 and $2.74 in fiscal 2019. Quarterly cash dividends are typically paid in March, June, September and December. We currently expect that cash dividends will continue to be paid in the near future, but we can give no assurances concerning payment of future dividends or future dividend increases. The declaration of dividends and the amount thereof will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, capital requirements, cash flows, results of operations, future business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Additional information concerning our dividends is set forth above under “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Report.
51
Capital Structure and Resources
2019 Credit Agreement: We have a $2 billion, 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2019 Credit Facility”) under a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2019 Credit Agreement”) entered into on June 28, 2019 with a syndicate of lenders. The description of the 2019 Credit Facility and the 2019 Credit Agreement set forth in Note 12: Credit Arrangements in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference.
We were in compliance with the covenants in the 2019 Credit Agreement at December 31, 2021, including the covenant requiring that we not permit our ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to total capital, each as defined in the 2019 Credit Agreement, to be greater than 0.65 to 1.00. At December 31, 2021, we had no borrowings outstanding under the 2019 Credit Agreement.
Exchange Offer: In connection with the L3Harris Merger, on May 30, 2019, we commenced offers to eligible holders to exchange any and all outstanding 4.950% Senior Notes due 2021, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023, 3.950% Senior Notes due 2024, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2026 and 4.400% Senior Notes due 2028 issued by L3 for up to $3.35 billion aggregate principal amount of new notes issued by L3Harris and cash. On July 2, 2019, we settled the debt exchange offer, and on March 31, 2020, we commenced offers to eligible holders to exchange any and all the outstanding notes that were previously issued by L3Harris pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (“Original Notes”) for an equal principal amount of new notes registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”). The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the corresponding series of the Original Notes, except that the Exchange Notes are registered under the Securities Act, and the transfer restrictions, registration rights and related special interest provisions applicable to the Original Notes do not apply to the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Offers expired at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 1, 2020. On May 5, 2020, we settled the Exchange Offers and issued Exchange Notes for validly tendered Original Notes. See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for additional information.
Short-Term Debt: Our short-term debt was $2 million at each of December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021, consisting of local borrowing by international subsidiaries for working capital needs. Our commercial paper program was supported by the 2019 Credit Facility at December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021. See Note 12: Credit Arrangements in the Notes for additional information regarding credit arrangements.
Long-Term Variable-Rate Debt: The description of our long-term variable-rate debt set forth in Note 13: Debt in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference. As discussed in Note 13: Debt in the Notes, during the first quarter of fiscal 2020, we completed the issuance and sale of $250 million in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Notes due March 10, 2023 and used the net proceeds from the sale to repay in full the entire outstanding $250 million aggregate principal amount of our Floating Rate Notes due April 30, 2020 that had been issued in the second quarter of fiscal 2018.
Long-Term Fixed-Rate Debt: The description of our long-term fixed-rate debt set forth in Note 13: Debt in the Notes is incorporated herein by reference. As discussed in Note 13: Debt in the Notes, on November 25, 2020, we completed the issuance and sale of $650 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.80% notes due January 15, 2031 (the “1.80% 2031 Notes”) and used the proceeds from the sale to redeem the entire outstanding $650 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.95% Notes due February 15, 2021 (the “4.95% 2021 Notes”) ($501 million of which was issued by L3Harris and $149 million of which was issued by L3). On November 27, 2019, we completed the issuance and sale of $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.900% Notes due December 15, 2029 and used the proceeds from the sale to redeem the entire outstanding $400 million aggregate principal amount of our 2.7% Notes due April 27, 2020 (the “2.7% 2020 Notes”) at a “make-whole” redemption price of $403 million, as set forth in the 2.7% 2020 Notes. The 4.95% 2021 Notes and 2.7% 2020 Notes were terminated and cancelled.
Other Agreements: We have two receivable sales agreements (“RSAs”) with two separate third-party financial institutions that permit us to sell, on a non-recourse basis, up to an aggregate of $100 million of outstanding receivables at any given time. From time to time, we have sold certain customer receivables under the RSAs, which we continue to service and collect on behalf of the third-party financial institution and we account for as sales of receivables with sale proceeds included in net cash from operating activities. Outstanding receivables sold pursuant to RSAs were $99.9 million at December 31, 2021. We did not have outstanding receivables sold pursuant to RSAs at January 1, 2021.
52
Material Cash Requirements
At December 31, 2021, we had contractual cash obligations to repay debt, to purchase goods and services and to make payments under operating leases. Payments due under these long-term obligations are as follows:
| Payment Due | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | Total | Within 1 Year | ||||
| Long-term debt | $ | 6,994 | $ | 15 | ||
| Purchase obligations(1) | 4,365 | 3,414 | ||||
| Operating and finance lease commitments | 1,251 | 142 | ||||
| Interest on long-term debt | 2,257 | 269 | ||||
| Minimum pension contributions(2) | 24 | 24 | ||||
| Total(3) | $ | 14,891 | $ | 3,864 |
_______________
(1) The purchase obligations of $4.4 billion included $715 million of purchase obligations related to cost-plus type contracts where our costs are fully reimbursable.
(2) Amount includes fiscal 2021 minimum contributions to non-U.S. pension plans. Contributions beyond fiscal 2021 have not been determined. As a result of voluntary contributions made to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans during the two quarters ended January 3, 2020, fiscal 2018 and 2017, we made no material contributions to our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans in fiscal 2021 or 2020 and are not required to make any contributions to these plans during fiscal 2022.
(3) The above table does not include unrecognized tax benefits of $587 million.
Commercial Commitments
We have entered into commercial commitments in the normal course of business including surety bonds, standby letter of credit agreements and other arrangements with financial institutions and customers primarily relating to the guarantee of future performance on certain contracts to provide products and services to customers or to obtain insurance policies with our insurance carriers. At December 31, 2021, we had commercial commitments on outstanding surety bonds, standby letters of credit and other arrangements, as follows:
| Five Year | Expiration of Commitments | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | Commercial Commitment Total | Less than 1 Year | ||||
| Surety bonds used for: | ||||||
| Bids | $ | 26 | $ | 26 | ||
| Performance | 515 | 351 | ||||
| 541 | 377 | |||||
| Standby letters of credit used for: | ||||||
| Down payments | 374 | 194 | ||||
| Performance | 330 | 182 | ||||
| Warranty | 82 | 75 | ||||
| 786 | 451 | |||||
| Total commitments | $ | 1,327 | $ | 828 |
The surety bonds and standby letters of credit used for performance are primarily related to our Public Safety business sector. As is customary in bidding for and completing network infrastructure projects for public safety systems, contractors are required to procure surety bonds and/or standby letters of credit for bids, performance, warranty and other purposes (collectively, “Performance Bonds”). Such Performance Bonds normally have maturities of up to three years and are standard in the industry as a way to provide customers a mechanism to seek redress if a contractor does not satisfy performance requirements under a contract. Typically, a customer is permitted to draw on a Performance Bond if we do not fulfill all terms of a project contract. In such an event, we would be obligated to reimburse the financial institution that issued the Performance Bond for the amounts paid. It has been rare for our Public Safety business sector to have a Performance Bond drawn upon. In addition, pursuant to the terms under which we procure Performance Bonds, if our credit ratings are lowered to below “investment grade,” we may be required to provide collateral to support a portion of the outstanding amount of Performance Bonds. Such a downgrade could increase the cost of the issuance of Performance Bonds and could make it more difficult to procure Performance Bonds, which would adversely impact our ability to compete for contract awards. Such collateral requirements could also result in less liquidity for other operational needs or corporate purposes. In addition, any future disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in financial and insurance markets could also adversely affect our ability to obtain Performance Bonds and may result in higher funding costs.
53
Financial Risk Management
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
Foreign Exchange and Currency: Our U.S. and foreign businesses enter into contracts with customers, subcontractors or vendors that are denominated in currencies other than functional currencies of such businesses. We use foreign currency forward contracts and options to hedge both balance sheet and off-balance sheet future foreign currency commitments. Factors that could impact the effectiveness of our hedging programs for foreign currency include accuracy of sales estimates, volatility of currency markets and the cost and availability of hedging instruments. A 10 percent change in currency exchange rates for our foreign currency derivatives held at December 31, 2021 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of such instruments or our results of operations or cash flows. This quantification of exposure to the market risk associated with foreign currency financial instruments does not take into account the offsetting impact of changes in the fair value of our foreign denominated assets, liabilities and firm commitments. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
Interest Rates: As of December 31, 2021, we had long-term fixed-rate debt obligations. The fair value of these obligations is impacted by changes in interest rates; however, a 10 percent change in interest rates for our long-term fixed-rate debt obligations at December 31, 2021 would not have had a material impact on the fair value of these obligations. There is no interest-rate risk associated with long-term fixed-rate debt obligations on our results of operations and cash flows unless existing obligations are refinanced upon maturity at then-current interest rates, because the interest rates are fixed until maturity, and because our long-term fixed-rate debt is not putable to us (i.e., not required to be redeemed by us prior to maturity). We can give no assurances, however, that interest rates will not change significantly or have a material effect on the fair value of our long-term fixed-rate debt obligations over the next twelve months. See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for information regarding the maturities of our long-term fixed-rate debt obligations.
We use derivative instruments from time to time to manage our exposure to interest rate risk associated with our anticipated issuance of new long-term fixed-rate notes to repay at maturity our existing long-term fixed-rate debt obligations. If the derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, gains and losses from changes in the fair value of such instrument are deferred and included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to interest expense in the period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
At December 31, 2021, we had no outstanding treasury lock agreements (“treasury locks”). In connection with the L3Harris Merger, we assumed two treasury locks that had been initiated in January 2019 to hedge against fluctuations in interest payments due to changes in the benchmark interest rate (10-year U.S. Treasury rate) associated with the anticipated issuance of debt to redeem or repay our 4.95% 2021 Notes. These treasury locks were terminated as planned in connection with the issuance of our 1.80% 2031 Notes during the fourth quarter of 2020, and because interest rates decreased during the period of the treasury locks, we made a $113 million cash payment to our counterparty and recorded an after-tax loss of $58 million in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” line item of our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The accumulated other comprehensive loss balance will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the 1.80% 2031 Notes. We classified the cash outflow from the termination of these treasury locks as cash used in financing activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. See Note 19: Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in the Notes for additional information.
At December 31, 2021, we also had long-term variable-rate debt obligations of $250 million of Floating Rate Notes due March 10, 2023. These debt obligations bear interest that is variable based on certain short-term indices, thus exposing us to interest-rate risk; however, a 10 percent change in interest rates for these debt obligations at December 31, 2021 would not have had a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows. See Note 13: Debt in the Notes for further information.
We have also used short-term variable-rate debt borrowings, primarily under our commercial paper program, which are subject to interest rate risk. We utilize our commercial paper program to satisfy short-term cash requirements, including bridge financing for strategic acquisitions until longer-term financing arrangements are put in place, temporarily funding repurchases under our share repurchase programs and temporarily funding redemption of long-term debt. The interest rate risk associated with such debt on our results of operations and cash flows is not material due to its temporary nature.
Impact of Foreign Exchange
In fiscal 2021, 40 percent of our international business was transacted in local currency environments compared with 32 percent in fiscal 2020, 40 percent in the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 and 18 percent in fiscal 2019. The impact of translating the assets and liabilities of these operations to U.S. Dollars is included as a component of shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2021, the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment included in shareholders’ equity was a $118 million loss compared with a $58 million loss at January 1, 2021. We utilize foreign currency hedging instruments to minimize the
54
currency risk of international transactions. Gains and losses resulting from currency rate fluctuations did not have a material effect on our results in fiscal 2021 or 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 or fiscal 2019.
Impact of Inflation
To the extent feasible, we have consistently followed the practice of adjusting our prices to reflect the impact of inflation on salaries and fringe benefits for employees and the cost of purchased materials and services. While recent reports show a sharp increase in inflation in late 2021, inflation and changing prices did not have a significantly adverse impact our gross margin, revenue or operating income in fiscal 2021 or 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 or fiscal 2019. However, our fixed-price contracts could subject us to losses in the event of a significant increase in inflation. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report for more information regarding the risk of inflation to our business.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The following is not intended to be a comprehensive list of our accounting policies or estimates. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes. In preparing our financial statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we apply our accounting policies and estimates as disclosed in the Notes. We consider the policies and estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on our judgment, with financial reporting results dependent on estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Specific risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs. The impact and any associated risks related to these estimates on our business operations are discussed throughout this MD&A where such estimates affect our reported and expected financial results. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies and estimates and the related disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. Preparation of this Report requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and backlog as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Besides estimates that meet the “critical” accounting estimate criteria, we make many other accounting estimates in preparing our financial statements and related disclosures. All estimates, whether or not deemed “critical,” affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Estimates are based on experience and other information available prior to the issuance of the financial statements. Materially different results can occur as circumstances change and additional information becomes known, including for estimates that we do not deem “critical.”
Revenue Recognition
A significant portion of our business is derived from development and production contracts. Revenue and profit related to development and production contracts are generally recognized over time, typically using the percentage of completion (“POC”) cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, whereby we measure our progress towards completion of the performance obligation based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to estimated costs at completion under the contract. Because costs incurred represent work performed, we believe this method best depicts the transfer of control of the asset to the customer. Under the POC cost-to-cost method of revenue recognition, a single estimated profit margin is used to recognize profit for each performance obligation over its period of performance. Recognition of profit on a contract requires estimates of the total cost at completion and transaction price and the measurement of progress towards completion. Due to the long-term nature of many of our contracts, developing the estimated total cost at completion and total transaction price often requires judgment. Factors that must be considered in estimating the cost of the work to be completed include: the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, subcontractor performance and the risk and impact of delayed performance. Factors that must be considered in estimating the total transaction price include contractual cost or performance incentives (such as incentive fees, award fees and penalties) and other forms of variable consideration as well as our historical experience and our expectation for performance on the contract. These variable amounts generally are awarded upon achievement of certain negotiated performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets and can be based upon customer discretion. We include such estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.
At the outset of each contract, we gauge its complexity and perceived risks and establish an estimated total cost at completion in line with these expectations. After establishing the estimated total cost at completion, we follow a standard estimate at completion (“EAC”) process in which we review the progress and performance on our ongoing contracts at least quarterly and, in many cases, more frequently. If we successfully retire risks associated with the technical, schedule and cost aspects of a contract, we may lower our estimated total cost at completion commensurate with the retirement of these risks. Conversely, if we are not successful in retiring these risks, we may increase our estimated total cost at completion. Additionally, as the contract progresses, our estimates of total transaction price may increase or decrease if, for example, we receive award fees that are higher or lower than expected. When adjustments in estimated total costs at completion or in estimated total transaction price are determined, the related impact on operating income is recognized using the cumulative catch-up method, which recognizes in the
55
current period the cumulative effect of such adjustments for all prior periods. Any anticipated losses on these contracts are fully recognized in the period in which the losses become evident.
EAC adjustments had the following impacts to operating income for the periods presented:
| Fiscal Years Ended | Two Quarters Ended | Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | January 3, 2020 | June 28, 2019 | ||||||||||
| Favorable adjustments | $ | 620 | $ | 714 | $ | 303 | $ | 138 | ||||||
| Unfavorable adjustments | (316) | (314) | (166) | (121) | ||||||||||
| Net operating income adjustments | $ | 304 | $ | 400 | $ | 137 | $ | 17 |
There were no individual impacts to operating income due to EAC adjustments in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 or fiscal 2019 that were material to our results of operations on a consolidated or segment basis for such periods.
We recognize revenue from numerous contracts with multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the good or service underlying each performance obligation. The standalone selling price represents the amount for which we would sell the good or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as bundled sale with any other products or services). The allocation of transaction price among separate performance obligations may impact the timing of revenue recognition but will not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.
A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from contracts with the U.S. Government, including foreign military sales contracts. These contracts are subject to the FAR and the prices of our contract deliverables are typically based on our estimated or actual costs plus a reasonable profit margin. As a result, the standalone selling prices of the goods and services in these contracts are typically equal to the selling prices stated in the contract, thereby eliminating the need to allocate (or reallocate) the transaction price to the multiple performance obligations. In our non-U.S. Government contracts, when standalone selling prices are not directly observable, we also generally use the expected cost plus margin approach to determine standalone selling price. In determining the appropriate margin under the cost plus margin approach, we consider historical margins on similar products sold to similar customers or within similar geographies where objective evidence is available. We may also consider our cost structure and profit objectives, the nature of the proposal, the effects of customization of pricing, our practices used to establish pricing of bundled products, the expected technological life of the product, margins earned on similar contracts with different customers and other factors to determine the appropriate margin.
Postretirement Benefit Plans
Certain of our current and former employees participate in defined benefit pension and other postretirement defined benefit plans (collectively, referred to as “defined benefit plans”) in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Germany, which are sponsored by L3Harris. The determination of projected benefit obligations and the recognition of expenses related to defined benefit plans are dependent on various assumptions. These major assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, long-term expected rates of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, termination and other factors (some of which are disclosed in Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes). Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and generally amortized for each plan to the extent required over the estimated future life expectancy or, if applicable, the future working lifetime of the plan’s active participants.
As part of our accounting for the L3Harris Merger, we completed a valuation and re-measurement of all L3 pension and other postretirement benefit (“OPEB”) plans as of the June 29, 2019 closing date of the L3Harris Merger and we recorded a $233 million increase to L3’s pension and OPEB liability as of June 29, 2019 based on the results of this valuation. The total L3 pension and OPEB liability assumed by L3Harris was $1.4 billion at June 29, 2019. The discount rate assumption used was a yield curve rather than a single interest rate. For the pension plans, the average June 29, 2019 discount rate used was 3.54 percent for U.S. plans and 2.95 percent for Canadian plans. For OPEB plans, the average June 29, 2019 discount rate used was 3.31 percent for U.S. plans and 2.92 percent for Canadian plans.
Significant Assumptions. We develop assumptions using relevant experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each plan. Assumptions are reviewed annually with third party consultants and adjusted as appropriate. The table included below provides the weighted average assumptions used to estimate projected benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost as they pertain to our defined benefit pension plans.
56
| Obligation assumptions as of: | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Discount rate | 2.75% | 2.31% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 3.01% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 3.50% | 3.50% | |
| Cost assumptions for fiscal periods ended: | December 31, 2021 | January 1, 2021 | |
| Discount rate to determine service cost | 2.26% | 2.87% | |
| Discount rate to determine interest cost | 1.80% | 2.74% | |
| Expected return on plan assets | 7.43% | 7.68% | |
| Rate of future compensation increase | 3.01% | 2.80% | |
| Cash balance interest crediting rate | 3.50% | 3.50% |
Key assumptions for the Salaried Pension Plan (our largest defined benefit plan, with 86% of the total projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2021) included a discount rate for obligation assumptions of 2.75%, a cash balance interest crediting rate of 3.50% and expected return on plan assets of 7.50% for fiscal 2021, which is being maintained at 7.50% for fiscal 2022. There is also a frozen pension equity benefit that assumes a 3.25% interest crediting rate.
Expected Return on Plan Assets. Substantially all of our plan assets are managed on a commingled basis in a master investment trust. We determine our expected return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, we consider the plan’s actual historical annual return on assets over the past 15, 20 and 25 years and historical broad market returns over long-term time frames based on our strategic allocation, which is detailed in Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes. Future returns are based on independent estimates of long-term asset class returns. Based on this approach, the weighted average long-term annual rate of return on assets was estimated to be 7.43% for both fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022.
Discount Rate. The discount rate is used to calculate the present value of expected future benefit payments at the measurement date. A decrease in the discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and generally decreases pension expense. The discount rate assumption is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate is determined by considering an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty years, developed by the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop a single discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics.
Sensitivity Analysis
Pension Expense. A 25 basis point change in the long-term expected rate of return on plan assets and discount rate would have the following effect on the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans’ pension expense for the next twelve months:
| Increase/(Decrease) in Pension Expense | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (In millions) | 25 Basis Point Increase | 25 Basis Point Decrease | ||||
| Long-term rate of return on assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | (20) | $ | 20 | ||
| Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost | $ | 6 | $ | (4) |
Projected Benefit Obligation. Funded status is derived by subtracting the respective year-end values of the projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) from the fair value of plan assets. The sensitivity of the PBO to changes in the discount rate varies depending on the magnitude and direction of the change in the discount rate. We estimate that a decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate of the combined U.S. defined benefit pension plans would increase the PBO by approximately $276 million and an increase of 25 basis points would decrease the PBO by approximately $262 million.
Fair Value of Plan Assets. The plan assets of our defined benefit plans comprise a broad range of investments, including domestic and international equity securities, fixed income investments, interests in private equity and hedge funds and cash and cash equivalents.
A portion of our defined benefit plans asset portfolio is comprised of investments in private equity and hedge funds. The private equity and hedge fund investments are generally measured using the valuation of the underlying investments or at net asset value. However, in certain instances, the values reported by the asset managers were not current at the measurement date. Consequently, we have estimated adjustments to the last reported value where necessary to measure the assets at fair value at the measurement date. These adjustments consider information received from the asset managers, as well as general market
57
information. Asset values for other positions were generally measured using market observable prices. See Note 14: Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits in the Notes for further information.
Goodwill
Goodwill in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 and January 1, 2021 was $18.2 billion and $18.9 billion, respectively. Goodwill is not amortized. We perform annual (or under certain circumstances, more frequent) impairment tests of our goodwill. We identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of each of our reporting units with its carrying amount, including goodwill, which is adjusted for allocations of Corporate assets and liabilities as appropriate. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Business disposal group goodwill allocation. As described in more detail in Note 3: Business Divestitures and Asset Sales in the Notes, during fiscal 2021 and 2020 we determined the criteria to be classified as held for sale were met with respect to each of the disposal groups below. Because the divestiture of these business disposal groups represented the disposal of a portion of a reporting unit (except the military training business, which represented an entire reporting unit), we assigned goodwill to the business disposal group on a relative fair value basis. For purposes of allocating goodwill to the disposal groups below, we determined the fair value of each disposal group based on the respective negotiated selling price (or estimated net cash proceeds, in the case of no negotiated selling price), and the fair value of the retained businesses of the respective reporting unit based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices and comparable publicly reported transactions and projected discounted cash flows. These fair value determinations are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to their use of internal projections and unobservable measurement inputs. See Note 1: Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes for additional information regarding the fair value hierarchy.
In conjunction with the relative fair value allocation, we tested goodwill assigned to each of the disposal group businesses below and goodwill assigned to the retained businesses of their reporting units for impairment and concluded that, except as noted in the following table, no goodwill impairment existed at the time the held for sale criteria were met.
| (In millions) | Business Segment | Date of Divestiture | Goodwill Allocation | Goodwill Impairment(1) | Remaining Goodwill | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Fiscal 2021 | ||||||||||||||
| Narda-MITEQ business | Aviation Systems | December 6, 2021 | $ | 7 | $ | — | $ | 7 | ||||||
| ESSCO business | Aviation Systems | November 26, 2021 | 4 | — | 4 | |||||||||
| Electron Devices business | Aviation Systems | October 1, 2021 | 15 | — | 15 | |||||||||
| VSE disposal group | Aviation Systems | July 30, 2021 | 14 | 14 | — | |||||||||
| CPS business | Aviation Systems | July 2, 2021 | 174 | 62 | 112 | |||||||||
| Military training business | Aviation Systems | July 2, 2021 | 426 | — | 426 | |||||||||
| Fiscal 2020 | ||||||||||||||
| EOTech business | Communication Systems | July 31, 2020 | 9 | — | 9 | |||||||||
| Applied Kilovolts business | Space & Airborne Systems | May 15, 2020 | 6 | 5 | 1 | |||||||||
| Airport security and automation business | Aviation Systems | May 4, 2020 | 531 | — | 531 |
_________________
(1)The non-cash impairment charges are included in the “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Income.
Commercial Aviation Solutions goodwill allocation. As described in more detail in Note 10: Intangible Assets and elsewhere in the Notes, during the quarter ended July 2, 2021, we adjusted our Aviation Systems segment reporting to better align our businesses and separated the CTS business from our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit, creating a new CTS reporting unit within the Commercial Aviation Solutions sector of our Aviation Systems segment. We assigned $68 million of goodwill to the CTS reporting unit and $779 million of goodwill to the Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit on a relative fair value basis. In conjunction with the relative fair value allocation, we tested goodwill assigned to each new reporting unit and concluded that no goodwill impairment existed as of July 2, 2021.
Fiscal 2021 Impairment Tests. We perform an annual impairment test of our goodwill as of the first day of our fourth quarter of each fiscal year, and more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. Following our fiscal year end change, we made a corresponding change to our annual impairment assessment date and continued to perform our annual impairment test on the first day of our fourth quarter, which was October 3, 2020 for fiscal 2020 and October 2, 2021 for fiscal 2021.
58
We test goodwill for impairment at a level within the Company referred to as the reporting unit, which is our business segment level or one level below the business segment. Some of our segments are comprised of several reporting units. Allocation of goodwill to several reporting units could make it more likely that we will have an impairment charge in the future. An impairment charge to any one of our reporting units could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. To test goodwill for impairment, we may perform both qualitative and quantitative assessments. If we elect to perform a qualitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we evaluate events and circumstances impacting the reporting unit to determine the probability that goodwill is impaired. If we determine it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment.
Our qualitative assessment of the recoverability of goodwill, whether performed annually or based on specific events or circumstances, considers various macroeconomic, industry-specific and company-specific factors. These factors include: (i) deterioration in the general economy; (ii) deterioration in the environment in which the company operates; (iii) increase in raw materials, labor or other costs; (iv) negative or declining cash flows; (v) changes in management, changes in strategy, or significant litigation; (vi) change in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an expectation of disposing all or a portion of the reporting unit; or (vii) a sustained decrease in share price.
If we perform a quantitative assessment for a certain reporting unit, we calculate the fair value of that reporting unit and compare the fair value to the reporting unit’s net book value. We estimate fair values of our reporting units based on projected cash flows, and sales and/or earnings multiples applied to the latest twelve months’ sales and earnings of our reporting units. Projected cash flows are based on our best estimate of future sales, operating costs and balance sheet metrics reflecting our view of the financial and market conditions of the underlying business; and the resulting cash flows are discounted using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk in the forecasted cash flows. The sales and earnings multiples applied to the sales and earnings of our reporting units are based on current multiples of sales and earnings for similar businesses, and based on sales and earnings multiples paid for recent acquisitions of similar businesses made in the marketplace. We then assess whether any implied control premium, based on a comparison of fair value based purely on our stock price and outstanding shares with fair value determined by using all of the above-described models, is reasonable.
We performed our annual impairment test of all of our reporting units’ goodwill as of October 2, 2021 and concluded that for each of our reporting units no impairment existed. As of October 2, 2021, the fair value of our Broadband reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, which included $1.9 billion of goodwill, by 16 percent. Although no impairment exists for the Broadband reporting unit, an impairment of goodwill could result from a number of circumstances, including different assumptions used in determining the fair value of the reporting units; changes to U.S. Government spending priorities or ability to win competitively awarded contracts; the rescission of significant contract awards as a result of competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us; or a sharp increase in interest rates without a corresponding increase in future revenue.
Fiscal 2020 Impairment Tests. Indications of potential impairment of goodwill related to our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit (which is part of our Aviation Systems segment) were present at April 3, 2020 due to COVID and its impact on global air traffic and customer operations, resulting in a decrease in fiscal 2020 outlook for the reporting unit, which we considered to be a triggering event requiring an interim impairment test. Consequently, in connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the quarter ended April 3, 2020, we performed a quantitative impairment test. To test for potential impairment of goodwill related to our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit, we prepared an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit based on a combination of market-based valuation techniques, utilizing quoted market prices and comparable publicly reported transactions, and projected discounted cash flows. Given the level of uncertainty in the outlook for the commercial aviation industry caused by the impact of COVID on global air traffic, our methodology for determining the fair value of the reporting unit placed the greatest weight on the expected fair value technique, and was dependent on our best estimates of future sales, operating costs and balance sheet metrics under a range of scenarios for future economic conditions. We assigned a probability to each scenario to calculate a set of probability-weighted projected cash flows, and an appropriate discount rate reflecting the risk in the projected cash flows was used to discount the expected cash flows to present value.
As a result of this impairment test, we concluded that goodwill related to our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit was impaired as of April 3, 2020 and recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $296 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2020.
As adverse global economic and market conditions attributable to COVID, including projected declines and subsequent recovery in commercial air traffic and original equipment manufacturer production volumes, continued to develop during fiscal 2020, we continued to monitor for facts and circumstances that could negatively impact key valuation assumptions in determining the fair value of our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit, including recent valuations, expectations regarding the timing of a return to pre-COVID commercial flight activity and the associated level of uncertainty, long-term revenue and profitability projections, discount rates and general industry, market and macroeconomic conditions. As a result, we determined indications of
59
further impairment of assets related to our Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit existed as of July 3, 2020 and again as of early December 2020 and recorded $54 million and $368 million of additional non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other assets during the second and fourth quarters of 2020, respectively. These charges are included in the “Impairment of goodwill and other assets” line item in our Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal 2020 and are primarily not deductible for tax purposes.
We also performed our annual impairment test of all of our other reporting units goodwill as of October 3, 2020 and concluded that the estimated fair values for each of our other reporting units exceeded their carrying values by greater than 10 percent. As of January 1, 2021, the Commercial Aviation Solutions reporting unit had $847 million of goodwill and the estimated fair value approximated the carrying value of the reporting unit.
See Note 9: Goodwill in the Notes for additional information.
Accounting for Business Combinations
We follow the acquisition method of accounting to record identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests recognized in connection with acquired businesses at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition.
Identifiable intangible assets from business combinations are recognized at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition and generally consist of customer relationships, trade names, developed technology and in-process R&D. Determination of the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets requires judgment. The fair value of customer contractual relationships is determined based on estimates and judgments regarding future after-tax earnings and cash flows arising from follow-on sales on contract renewals expected from customer contractual relationships over their estimated lives, including the probability of expected future contract renewals and sales, less a contributory asset charge, all of which is discounted to present value. The fair value of trade name identifiable intangible assets is determined utilizing the relief from royalty method. Under this form of the income approach, a royalty rate based on observed market royalties is applied to projected revenue supporting the trade name and discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. Identifiable intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized, but are subject to annual impairment testing. Finite-lived identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their useful lives, generally ranging from three to twenty years. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in connection with the L3Harris Merger was $8.5 billion.
We assess the recoverability of finite-lived identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. We evaluate the recoverability of such assets based on the expectations of undiscounted cash flows of the assets. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows were less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss would be recognized for the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount. See Note 4: Business Combination and Note 10: Intangible Assets in the Notes for additional information.
Income Taxes
We record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide necessary valuation allowances as required. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example, ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. We have not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine our tax valuation allowances during fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, the two quarters ended January 3, 2020 or fiscal 2019.
Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 included deferred tax assets of $85 million and deferred tax liabilities of $1.3 billion. This compares with deferred tax assets of $119 million and deferred tax liabilities of $1.2 billion as of January 1, 2021. For all jurisdictions in which we have net deferred tax assets, we expect that our existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future taxable income needed to realize these tax assets. Our valuation allowance related to deferred income taxes, which is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $257 million as of December 31, 2021 compared with $165 million as of January 1, 2021. Although we make reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy of our deferred tax assets, if we continue to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions, or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, or if the potential impact of tax planning strategies changes, we could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.
The evaluation of tax positions taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, involves inherent uncertainty and requires the use of judgment. We evaluate our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances as of the reporting date. For tax positions where it
60
is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50 percent probability of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority, assuming the taxing authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. For income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized, we do not recognize a tax benefit in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $587 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $488 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized. As of January 1, 2021, we had $542 million of unrecognized tax benefits, of which $453 million would favorably impact our future tax rates in the event that the tax benefits are eventually recognized.
It is reasonably possible that there could be a significant decrease or increase to our unrecognized tax benefits during the course of the next twelve months as ongoing tax examinations continue, other tax examinations commence or various statutes of limitations expire. However, an estimate of the range of possible changes cannot be made for remaining unrecognized tax benefits because of the significant number of jurisdictions in which we do business and the number of open tax periods. See Note 22: Income Taxes in the Notes for additional information.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting pronouncements that have recently been issued but have not yet been implemented by us are described in Note 2: Accounting Changes or Recent Accounting Pronouncements in the Notes, which describes the potential impact that these pronouncements are expected to have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or equity.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
The following are some of the factors we believe could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results or our current expectations or projections. Other factors besides those listed here also could adversely affect us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report for more information regarding factors that might cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Report.
•The effects of COVID could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We depend on U.S. Government customers for a significant portion of our revenue, and the loss of these relationships, a reduction in U.S. Government funding or a change in U.S. Government spending priorities could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We depend significantly on U.S. Government contracts, which often are only partially funded, subject to immediate termination, and heavily regulated and audited. The termination or failure to fund, or negative audit findings for, one or more of these contracts could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•The U.S. Government’s budget deficit and the national debt, as well as any inability of the U.S. Government to complete its budget process for any government fiscal year and consequently having to shut down or operate on funding levels equivalent to its prior fiscal year pursuant to a “continuing resolution,” could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Our results of operations and cash flows are substantially affected by our mix of fixed-price, cost-plus and time-and-material type contracts. In particular, our fixed-price contracts could subject us to losses in the event of cost overruns or a significant increase in inflation.
•Our commercial aviation products, systems and services businesses are affected by global demand and economic factors that could negatively impact our financial results.
•We participate in markets that are often subject to uncertain economic conditions, which makes it difficult to estimate growth in our markets and, as a result, future income and expenditures.
•We cannot predict the consequences of future geopolitical events, but they may adversely affect the markets in which we operate, our ability to insure against risks, our operations or our profitability.
•We derive a significant portion of our revenue from international operations and are subject to the risks of doing business internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
•We are subject to government investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•We could be negatively impacted by a security breach, through cyber attack, cyber intrusion, insider threats or otherwise, or other significant disruption of our IT networks and related systems or of those we operate for certain of our customers.
•Our future success will depend on our ability to develop new products, systems, services and technologies that achieve market acceptance in our current and future markets.
•We must attract and retain key employees, and any failure to do so could seriously harm us.
61
•Some of our workforce is represented by labor unions, so a prolonged work stoppage could harm our business.
•Disputes with our subcontractors or key suppliers, or their inability to perform or timely deliver our components, parts or services, could cause our products, systems or services to be produced or delivered in an untimely or unsatisfactory manner.
•We have significant operations in locations that could be materially and adversely impacted in the event of a natural disaster or other significant disruption.
•Changes in estimates we use in accounting for many of our programs could adversely affect our future financial results.
•Our level of indebtedness and our ability to make payments on or service our indebtedness and our unfunded defined benefit plans liability may materially adversely affect our financial and operating activities or our ability to incur additional debt.
•A downgrade in our credit ratings could materially adversely affect our business.
•The level of returns on defined benefit plan assets, changes in interest rates and other factors could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity in future periods.
•Changes in our effective tax rate may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
•We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses to conduct certain operations abroad, and Congress may prevent proposed sales to certain foreign governments.
•Our reputation and ability to do business may be impacted by the improper conduct of our employees, agents or business partners.
•The outcome of litigation or arbitration in which we are involved from time to time is unpredictable, and an adverse decision in any such matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Third parties have claimed in the past and may claim in the future that we are infringing directly or indirectly upon their intellectual property rights, and third parties may infringe upon our intellectual property rights.
•We face certain significant risk exposures and potential liabilities that may not be covered adequately by insurance or indemnity.
•Unforeseen environmental issues, including regulations related to GHG emissions or change in customer sentiment related to environmental sustainability, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Strategic transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, involve significant risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and equity.
•Changes in future business or other market conditions could cause business investments and/or recorded goodwill or other long-term assets to become impaired, resulting in substantial losses and write-downs that would materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.